Yaskawa GA500 Programming Manual

Download

GA500

Industrial AC Microdrive

Programming

Catalog Code:

GA50Uxxxxxxxx

240 V Single-Phase Input: 1/6 to 5 HP 240 V Three-Phase Input: 1/6 to 30 HP 480 V Three-Phase Input: 1/2 to 40 HP

This Page Intentionally Blank

2 YASKAWA TOEPYAIGA5002A GA500 Programming

1. Parameter List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

1.1 Section Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

1.2 How to Read the Parameter List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11

Icons and Terms that Identify Parameters and Control Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11

1.3 Parameter Groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

1.4 A: Initialization Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

A1: Initialization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

A2: User Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14

1.5 b: Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

b1: Operation Mode Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

b2: DC Injection Braking and Short Circuit Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

b3: Speed Search. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

b4: Timer Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

b5: PID control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

b6: Dwell Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23

b8: Energy Saving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23

1.6 C: Tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

C1: Accel & Decel Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

C2: S-Curve Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

C3: Slip Compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26

C4: Torque Compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27

C5: Automatic Speed Regulator (ASR: Automatic Speed Regulator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27

C6: Duty & Carrier Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29

1.7 d: Reference Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30

d1: Frequency Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30

d2: Reference Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

d3: Jump Frequency. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32

d4: Frequency Ref Up/Down & Hold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32

d6: Field Weakening /Forcing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33

d7: Offset Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33

1.8 E: Motor Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34

E1: V/f Pattern for Motor 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34

E2: Motor Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35

E3: V/f Pattern for Motor 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35

E4: Motor 2 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36

E5: PM Motor Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37

E9: Motor Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37

1.9 F: Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39

F1: Fault Detection in PG Speed Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39

F6: Communication Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40

YASKAWA TOEPYAIGA5002A GA500 Programming 3

F7: Communication Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44

1.10 H: Terminal Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49

H1: Digital Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49

H2: Digital Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54

H3: Analog Inputs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60

H4: Analog Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63

H5: Modbus Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63

H6: Pulse Train Input/Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65

H7: Virtual MFIO selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65

1.11 L: Protection Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67

L1: Motor Protection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67

L2: Power Loss Ride Through . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68

L3: Stall Prevention . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69

L4: Speed Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71

L5: Fault Restart. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71

L6: Torque Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73

L7: Torque Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74

L8: Drive Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74

1.12 n: Special Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77

n1: Hunting Prevention . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77

n2: Auto Freq Regulator (AFR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77

n3: High Slip/Overexcite Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77

n5: Feed Forward Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78

n6: Online Tuning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78

n7: EZ Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79

n8: PM Motor Control Tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79

nA: PM Motor Control Tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82

1.13 o: Keypad-Related Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83

o1: Keypad Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83

o2: Keypad Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85

o3: Copy Keypad Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86

o4: Maintenance Monitors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87

o5: Log Function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87

1.14 q: DriveWorksEZ Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89

q1-01 to qx-xx: Reserved for DriveWorksEZ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89

1.15 r: DWEZ Connection 1-20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90

r1-01 to r1-40: DriveWorksEZ Connection Parameters 1 to 20 (Upper / Lower) . . . . . . . . . . . 90

1.16 T: Motor Tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91

T0: Tuning Mode Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91

T1: Induction Motor Auto-Tuning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91

T2: PM Motor Auto-Tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92

T3: ASR and Inertia Tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93

T4: EZ Tuning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93

1.17 U: Monitors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94

U1: Operation Status Monitors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94

U2: Fault Trace. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96

U3: Fault History. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98

U4: Maintenance Monitors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99

U5: PID Monitors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102

U6: Operation Status Monitors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103

U8: DriveWorksEZ Monitors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105

1.18 Parameters that Change from the Default Settings with A1-02 [Control Method

Selection]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108

4 YASKAWA TOEPYAIGA5002A GA500 Programming

1.19 Parameters that Change from the Default Settings with E3-01 [Motor 2 Control

Mode Selection] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112

1.20 Parameters Changed by E1-03 [V/f Pattern Selection] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113

1.21 Defaults by Drive Model and Duty Rating ND/HD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114

Single-Phase 200 V Class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114

Three-Phase 200 V Class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117

Three-Phase 400 V Class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121

1.22 Parameters Changed by PM Motor Code Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127

Yaskawa SMRA Series SPM Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127

Yaskawa SMRD Series SPM Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128

Yaskawa SSR1 Series IPM Motors (Derated Torque) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129

2. Parameter Details. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137

2.1 Section Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138

2.2 A: Initialization Parameters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139

A1: Initialization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139

A2: User Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157

2.3 b: Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158

b1: Operation Mode Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158

b2: DC Injection Braking and Short Circuit Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168

b3: Speed Search . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171

b4: Timer Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180

b5: PID control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181

b6: Dwell Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198

b8: Energy Saving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199

2.4 C: Tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204

C1: Accel & Decel Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204

C2: S-Curve Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210

C3: Slip Compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210

C4: Torque Compensation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214

C5: Auto Speed Regulator (ASR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216

C6: Duty & Carrier Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221

2.5 d: References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226

d1: Frequency Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226

d2: Reference Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232

d3: Jump Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233

d4: Frequency Ref Up/Down & Hold. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234

d6: Field Weakening /Forcing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239

d7: Offset Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240

2.6 E: Motor Parameters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242

E1: V/f Pattern for Motor 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242

E2: Motor Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250

E3: V/f Pattern for Motor 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253

E4: Motor 2 Parameters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255

E5: PM Motor Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257

E9: Motor Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260

2.7 F: Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263

F1: Fault Detection in PG Speed Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263

F6, F7: Communication Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265

2.8 H: Terminal Function Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287

H1: Digital Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287

MFDI Setting Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291

YASKAWA TOEPYAIGA5002A GA500 Programming 5

H2: Digital Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309

H2 MFDO Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311

MFDO Setting Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318

H3: Analog Inputs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331

H3: MFAI Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334

Multi-Function Analog Input Terminal Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337

H4: Analog Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343

H5: Memobus/Modbus Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345

H6: Pulse Train Input/Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349

H7: Virtual MFIO Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352

2.9 L: Protection Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357

L1: Motor Protection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357

L2: Power Loss Ride Through . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364

L3: Stall Prevention . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374

L4: Speed Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384

L5: Fault Restart. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386

L6: Torque Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389

L7: Torque Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394

L8: Drive Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397

2.10 n: Special Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 405

n1: Hunting Prevention . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 405

n2: Auto Freq Regulator (AFR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406

n3: High Slip Braking (HSB) and Overexcitation Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 407

n5: Feed Forward Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 411

n6: Online Tuning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413

n7: EZ Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 414

n8: PM Motor Control Tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415

nA: PM Motor Control Tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425

2.11 o: Keypad-Related Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426

o1: Keypad Display Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426

o2: Keypad Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 433

o3: Copy Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 437

o4: Maintenance Mon Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439

o5: Log Function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 442

2.12 T: Auto-Tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 448

T0: Tuning Mode Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 448

T1: Induction Motor Auto-Tuning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 448

T2: PM Motor Auto-Tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 451

T3: ASR and Inertia Tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 454

T4: EZ Tuning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 454

3. Startup Procedure and Test Run . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 457

3.1 Section Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 458

3.2 Overview of Keypad Components and Functions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 459

Indicator flashing statuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 460

Keypad Mode and Menu Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 461

Set up the Drive with General-Purpose Setup Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 462

Programming Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 463

Change Parameter Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 463

Verify and Set the Changed Parameters (Verify Menu). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 464

How to Switch between LOCAL and REMOTE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 464

3.3 Keypad Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 466

Digital character mapping table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 466

6 YASKAWA TOEPYAIGA5002A GA500 Programming

Show the Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 466

Check Modified Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 466

Set and View Necessary Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 467

Change Parameter Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 467

Save a Backup of Parameters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 468

Write Backed-up Parameters to the Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469

Verify Keypad Parameters and Drive Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469

Delete Parameters Backed Up to the Keypad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 470

3.4 Automatic Parameter Settings Optimized for Specific Applications (Application

Presets) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 471

3.5 Auto-Tuning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 472

Auto-Tuning for Induction Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 472

Auto-Tuning for PM Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 473

Auto-Tuning in EZ Open Loop Vector Control Method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 474

ASR and Inertia Tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 475

Precautions before Auto-Tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 476

3.6 Test Run. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 479

No-Load Test Run . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 479

Do a No-Load Test Run . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 479

Actual-Load Test Run. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 479

Do an Actual-Load Test Run . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 480

3.7 Fine Tuning during Test Runs (Adjust the Control Function) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 481

V/f Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 481

Open Loop Vector Control Method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 482

Open Loop Vector Control for PM Motors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 483

Advanced Open Loop Vector Control Method for PM Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 484

EZ Open Loop Vector Control Method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 485

3.8 Test Run Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 486

4. Mechanical Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 489

4.1 Section Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 490

4.2 Removing/Reattaching Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 491

Remove the Front Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 491

Reattach the Front Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 491

4.3 Remove and Reattach the Keypad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 493

Remove the Keypad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 493

Reattach the Keypad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 493

5. Electrical Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 495

5.1 Section Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 496

5.2 Standard Connection Diagram. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 499

5.3 Main Circuit Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 502

Motor and Main Circuit Connections. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 502

Main Circuit Terminal Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 502

5.4 Control Circuit Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 504

Control Circuit Connection Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 504

Control Circuit Terminal Block Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 505

Control Circuit Terminal Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 508

Switches and Jumpers on the Terminal Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 508

5.5 Control I/O Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 510

Pulse Train Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 510

YASKAWA TOEPYAIGA5002A GA500 Programming 7

Set Sinking Mode/Sourcing Mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 511

Set the Input Signal for the MFAI Terminal A2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 511

Set the Output Signal for the MFAO Terminal AM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 512

Switch ON Termination Resistor for MEMOBUS/Modbus Communications . . . . . . . . . . . . . 512

5.6 Connect the Drive to a PC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 513

6. Preface and General Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 515

6.1 Receiving. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 516

Glossary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 516

About Registered Trademarks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 516

6.2 Using the Product Safely . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 517

Explanation of Signal Words . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 517

Section Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 517

Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 519

Revision History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 524

8 YASKAWA TOEPYAIGA5002A GA500 Programming

Parameter List

1.1 Section Safety ........................................................................................................... 10

1.2 How to Read the Parameter List ........................................................................... 11

1.3 Parameter Groups....................................................................................................12

1.4 A: Initialization Parameters....................................................................................13

1.5 b: Application ............................................................................................................ 15

1.6 C: Tuning .................................................................................................................... 25

1.7 d: Reference Settings..............................................................................................30

1.8 E: Motor Parameters ................................................................................................34

1.9 F: Options...................................................................................................................39

1.10 H: Terminal Functions .............................................................................................49

1.11 L: Protection Functions ..........................................................................................67

1.12 n: Special Adjustment.............................................................................................77

1.13 o: Keypad-Related Settings...................................................................................83

1.14 q: DriveWorksEZ Parameters ................................................................................89

1.15 r: DWEZ Connection 1-20 ....................................................................................... 90

1.16 T: Motor Tuning .........................................................................................................91

1.17 U: Monitors.................................................................................................................94

1.18 Parameters that Change from the Default Settings with A1-02 [Control

Method Selection] ..................................................................................................108

1.19 Parameters that Change from the Default Settings with E3-01 [Motor 2

Control Mode Selection].......................................................................................112

1.20 Parameters Changed by E1-03 [V/f Pattern Selection] .................................113

1.21 Defaults by Drive Model and Duty Rating ND/HD...........................................114

1.22 Parameters Changed by PM Motor Code Selection ......................................127

YASKAWA TOEPYAIGA5002A GA500 Programming 9

1.1 Section Safety

DANGER

Do not ignore the safety messages in this manual.

If you ignore the safety messages in this manual, it will cause serious injury or death. The manufacturer is not responsible for injuries or damage to equipment.

10 YASKAWA TOEPYAIGA5002A GA500 Programming

1.2 How to Read the Parameter List

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

1.2 How to Read the Parameter List

◆ Icons and Terms that Identify Parameters and Control Modes

Icon Description

The parameter is available when operating the drive with V/f Control.

The parameter is available when operating the drive with Open Loop Vector Control.

The parameter is available when operating the drive with Open Loop Vector Control for PM.

The parameter is available when operating the drive with Advanced Open Loop Vector Control for PM.

The parameter is available when operating the drive with EZ Open Loop Vector Control.

Hex. Hexadecimal numbers that represent MEMOBUS addresses to change parameters over network communication.

RUN The parameter can be changed settings during run.

Expert The parameter that is available in Expert Mode only.

*1 Set A1-01 = 3 [Access Level Selection = Expert Level] to display and set Expert Mode parameters on the keypad.

Note:

Gray icons identify parameters that are not available in the specified control method.

Parameter List

YASKAWA TOEPYAIGA5002A GA500 Programming 11

1.3 Parameter Groups

Represents the type of product parameters.

Parameter Name

A1 Initialization

A2 User Parameters

b1 Operation Mode Selection

b2 DC Injection Braking and Short Circuit Braking

b3 Speed Search

b4 Timer Function

b5 PID control

b6 Dwell Function

b8 Energy Saving

C1 Accel & Decel Time

C2 S-Curve Characteristics

C3 Slip Compensation

C4 Torque Compensation

C6 Carrier Frequency

d1 Frequency Reference

d2 Reference Limits

d3 Jump Frequency

d4 Frequency Ref Up/Down & Hold

d6 Field Weakening /Forcing

d7 Offset Frequency

E1 V/f Pattern for Motor 1

E2 Motor Parameters

E3 V/f Pattern for Motor 2

E4 Motor 2 Parameters

E5 PM Motor Settings

E9 Motor Setting

F1 Fault Detection during PG Speed Control

F6 Communication Options

F7 Communication Options

H1 Digital Inputs

H2 Digital Outputs

H3 Analog Inputs

H4 Analog Outputs

H5 Modbus Communication

H6 Pulse Train Input/Output

Automatic Speed Regulator (ASR: Automatic Speed Regulator)

Parameter Name

H7 Virtual MFIO selection

L1 Motor Protection

L2 Power Loss Ride Through

L3 Stall Prevention

L4 Speed Detection

L5 Fault Restart

L6 Torque Detection

L7 Torque Limit

L8 Drive Protection

n1 Hunting Prevention

n2 Auto Freq Regulator (AFR)

n3 High Slip/Overexcite Braking

n5 Feed Forward Control

n6 Online Tuning

n7 EZ Drive

n8 PM Motor Control Tuning

nA PM Motor Control Tuning

o1 Keypad Display

o2 Keypad Operation

o3 Copy Keypad Function

o4 Maintenance Monitors

o5 Log Function

q DriveWorksEZ Parameters

r DWEZ Connection 1-20

T0 Tuning Mode Selection

T1 Induction Motor Auto-Tuning

T2 PM Motor Auto-Tuning

T3 ASR and Inertia Tuning

T4 EZ Tuning

U1 Operation Status Monitors

U2 Fault Trace

U3 Fault History

U4 Maintenance Monitors

U5 PID Monitors

U6 Operation Status Monitors

U8 DriveWorksEZ Monitors

12 YASKAWA TOEPYAIGA5002A GA500 Programming

1.4 A: Initialization Parameters

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

◆ A1: Initialization

1.4 A: Initialization Parameters

No.

(Hex.)

A1-00

(0100)

RUN

A1-01

(0101)

RUN

A1-02

(0102)

A1-03

(0103)

A1-04

(0104)

A1-05

(0105)

A1-06

(0127)

Name Description

Language Selection

Sets the language for the LCD keypad.

Note:

When you use A1-03 [Initialize Parameters] to initialize the drive, the drive will not reset this parameter.

0 : English

1 : Japanese

2 : German

3 : French

4 : Italian

5 : Spanish

6 : Portuguese

7 : Chinese

8 : Czech

9 : Russian

10 : Turkish

11 : Polish

12 : Greek

Access Level Selection

Sets user access to parameters. The access level controls which parameters the keypad will display, and which parameters the user can set.

0 : Operation Only

1 : User Parameters

2 : Advanced Level

3 : Expert Level

Control Method Selection

Sets the control method for the drive application and the motor.

0 : V/f Control

2 : Open Loop Vector

5 : PM Open Loop Vector

6 : PM Advanced Open Loop Vector

8 : EZ Vector Control

Initialize Parameters

Sets parameters to default values.

0 : No Initialization

1110 : User Initialization

2220 : 2-Wire Initialization

3330 : 3-Wire Initialization

Password

Entry point for the password set in A1-05 [Password Setting]. The user can view the settings of parameters that are locked without entering the password. Enter the correct password in this parameter to change parameter settings.

Password Setting

Set the password to lock parameters and prevent changes to parameter settings. Enter the correct password in A1-04 [Password] to unlock parameters and accept changes.

Application Preset

Sets the drive to operate in selected application conditions.

0 : General-purpose

1 : Water Supply Pump 2

2 : Conveyor

3 : Exhaust Fan

4 : HVAC Fan

5 : Air Compressor

8 : Conveyor 2

Default

(Range)

(0 - 12)

(0 - 3)

(0, 2, 5, 6, 8)

(0 - 3330)

0000

(0000 - 9999)

0000

(0000 - 9999)

(0 - 5, 8)

Ref.

139

140

141

142

143

Parameter List

YASKAWA TOEPYAIGA5002A GA500 Programming 13

1.4 A: Initialization Parameters

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

No.

(Hex.)

A1-07

(0128)

Name Description

DriveWorksEZ Function Selection

Sets the drive to operate with DriveWorksEZ.

0 : DWEZ Disabled

1 : DWEZ Enabled

2 : Enabled/Disabled wDigital Input

A1-11

(111D)

Expert

Firmware Update Lock

Protects the drive firmware. When you enable the protection, you cannot update the drive firmware.

0 : Disabled

1 : Enabled

A1-12

(1564)

Bluetooth ID

Sets the password necessary to use Bluetooth to control the drive with a smartphone or tablet.

◆ A2: User Parameters

No.

(Hex.)

A2-01 to A2-32

(0106 - 0125)

A2-33

(0126)

Name Description

User Parameters 1 to 32

You can select a maximum of 32 parameters for the drive and save the values to parameters A2-01 to A2-32. Use Setup Mode to show the saved parameters. You can immediately access these saved parameters.

User Parameter Auto Selection

Sets the automatic save feature for changes to parameters A2-17 to A2-32 [User Parameters 17 to 32].

0 : Disabled: Manual Entry Required

1 : Enabled: Auto Save Recent Parms

Note:

When the A1-06 [Application Preset] value changes, the settings for A2-01 to A2-32 change.

Default

(Range)

(0 - 2)

(0, 1)

(0000 - 9999)

Default

(Range)

Parameters in General-

Purpose Setup Mode

(Determined by A1-06)

Determined by A1-06

(0, 1)

Ref.

156

Ref.

157

14 YASKAWA TOEPYAIGA5002A GA500 Programming

1.5 b: Application

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

◆ b1: Operation Mode Selection

1.5 b: Application

No.

(Hex.)

b1-01

(0180)

b1-02

(0181)

b1-03

(0182)

b1-04

(0183)

b1-06

(0185)

b1-07

(0186)

b1-08

(0187)

b1-14

(01C3)

b1-15

(01C4)

Name Description

Frequency Reference Selection 1

Sets the input method for the frequency reference.

0 : Keypad

1 : Analog Input

2 : Memobus/Modbus Communications

3 : Option PCB

4 : Pulse Train Input

Run Command Selection 1

Sets the input method for the Run command.

0 : Keypad

1 : Digital Input

2 : Memobus/Modbus Communications

3 : Option PCB

Stopping Method Selection

Sets the method to stop the motor after removing a Run command or entering a Stop command.

Note:

When A1-02 = 5, 6, 8 [Control Method Selection = OLV/PM, AOLV/PM, EZOLV], the setting range is 0, 1, 3.

0 : Ramp to Stop

1 : Coast to Stop

2 : DC Injection Braking to Stop

3 : Coast to Stop with Timer

Reverse Operation Selection

Sets the reverse operation function. Disable reverse operation in fan or pump applications where reverse rotation is dangerous.

0 : Reverse Enabled

1 : Reverse Disabled

Digital Input Reading

Sets the number of times that the drive reads the sequence input command to prevent malfunction because of electrical interference.

0 : Single Scan

1 : Double Scan

LOCAL/REMOTE Run Selection

Sets drive response to an existing Run command when the drive receives a second Run command from a different location.

0 : Disregard Existing RUN Command

1 : Accept Existing RUN Command

Run Command Select in PRG Mode

Sets the conditions for the drive to accept a Run command entered from an external source when using the keypad to set parameters.

0 : Disregard RUN while Programming

1 : Accept RUN while Programming

2 : Allow Programming Only at Stop

Phase Order Selection

Sets the phase order for output terminals U/T1, V/T2, and W/T3. This parameter can align the Forward Run command from the drive and the forward direction of the motor without changing wiring.

0 : Standard

1 : Switch Phase Order

Frequency Reference Selection 2

Sets the input method for frequency reference 2.

0 : Keypad

1 : Analog Input

2 : Memobus/Modbus Communications

3 : Option PCB

4 : Pulse Train Input

Default

(Setting Range)

(0 - 4)

(0 - 3)

(0, 1)

(0 - 2)

(0, 1)

(0 - 4)

Ref.

158

160

163

164

Parameter List

165

YASKAWA TOEPYAIGA5002A GA500 Programming 15

1.5 b: Application

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

No.

(Hex.)

b1-16

(01C5)

Name Description

Run Command Selection 2

Sets the input method for Run Command 2 when the user switches the control circuit terminals ON/OFF to change the Run command source.

0 : Keypad

1 : Digital Input

2 : Memobus/Modbus Communications

3 : Option PCB

b1-17

(01C6)

Run Command at Power Up

Sets drive response when energizing a drive that has an external Run command. Set this parameter in applications where energizing or de-energizing the drive enables the Run command.

0 : Disregard Existing RUN Command

1 : Accept Existing RUN Command

b1-35

(1117)

Digital Input Deadband Time

Sets the deadband time for MFDIs.

Expert

◆ b2: DC Injection Braking and Short Circuit Braking

No.

(Hex.)

b2-01

(0189)

b2-02

(018A)

b2-03

(018B)

b2-04

(018C)

b2-08

(0190)

b2-12

(01BA)

b2-13

(01BB)

b2-18

(0177)

Name Description

DC Injection/Zero SpeedThreshold

Sets the frequency to start DC Injection Braking or Short Circuit Braking.

Note:

This parameter is available when b1-03 = 0 [Stopping Method Selection = Ramp to Stop].

DC Injection Braking Current

DC Inject Braking Time at Start

DC Inject Braking Time at Stop

Magnetic Flux Compensation Value

Short Circuit Brake Time @ Start

Short Circuit Brake Time @ Stop

Short Circuit Braking Current

Sets the DC Injection Braking current as a percentage of the drive rated current.

Sets the DC Injection Braking Time at stop.

Sets how much current the drive injects when DC Injection Braking at Start starts (Initial Excitation) as a percentage of E2-03 [Motor No-Load Current].

Sets the Short Circuit Braking time at start.

Sets the Short Circuit Braking time at stop.

Sets the Short Circuit Braking Current as a percentage of the motor rated current.

Note:

Parameter A1-02 [Control Method Selection] selects which parameter is the motor rated current.

• A1-02 = 5, 6 [OLV/PM, AOLV/PM]: E5-03 [PM Motor Rated Current (FLA)]

• A1-02 = 8 [EZOLV]: E9-06 [Motor Rated Current (FLA)]

Default

(Setting Range)

(0 - 3)

(0, 1)

0.0 ms

(0.0 to 100.0 ms)

Default

(Range)

Determined by A1-02

(0.0 - 10.0 Hz)

50%

(0 - 75%)

0.00 s

(0.00 - 10.00 s)

Determined by A1-02

(0.00 - 10.00 s)

(0 - 1000%)

0.00 s

(0.00 - 25.50 s)

A1-02 = 8: 0.00 s

Other than A1-02 = 8:

0.50 s

(0.00 - 25.50 s)

100.0%

(0.0 - 200.0%)

Ref.

167

168

Ref.

168

169

170

171

◆ b3: Speed Search

No.

(Hex.)

b3-01

(0191)

b3-02

(0192)

16 YASKAWA TOEPYAIGA5002A GA500 Programming

Speed Search at Start Selection

SpeedSearch Deactivation Current

Name Description

Sets the Speed Search at Start function where the drive will perform Speed Search with each Run command.

0 : Disable

1 : Enabled

Sets the current level that stops Speed Search as a percentage of the drive rated output current. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

Default

(Range)

Determined by A1-02

(0, 1)

Determined by A1-02

(0 - 200%)

Ref.

174

175

1.5 b: Application

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

No.

(Hex.)

b3-03

(0193)

b3-04

(0194)

b3-05

(0195)

b3-06

(0196)

Expert

b3-07

(0197)

Expert

b3-08

(0198)

b3-09

(0199)

b3-10

(019A)

Expert

b3-14

(019E)

b3-17

(01F0)

Expert

b3-18

(01F1)

Expert

b3-19

(01F2)

b3-24

(01C0)

Name Description

Speed Search Deceleration Time

Sets the deceleration time during Speed Search operation. Set the length of time to decelerate from the maximum output frequency to the minimum output frequency.

Note:

When A1-02 = 8 [Control Method Selection = EZOLV], this parameter takes effect only in Expert Mode.

V/f Gain during Speed Search

Sets the ratio used to reduce the V/f during searches to reduce the output current during speed searches.

Speed Search Delay Time

Sets the Speed Search delay time to activate a magnetic contactor installed between the drive and motor.

Speed Estimation Current Level 1

Speed Estimation Current Level 2

Speed Estimation ACR P Gain

Speed Estimation ACR I Time

Speed Estimation Detection Gain

Bi-directional Speed Search

Sets the level of current that flows to the motor during Speed Estimation Speed Search as a coefficient of the motor rated current. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

Sets the level of current that flows to the motor during Speed Estimation Speed Search as a coefficient of E2-03 [Motor No-Load Current] or E4-03 [Motor 2 Rated No-Load Current]. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

Sets the proportional gain for the automatic current regulator during Speed Estimation Speed Search. Also adjusts speed search responsiveness. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

Sets the integral time for the automatic current regulator during Speed Estimation Speed Search. Also adjusts speed search responsiveness. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

Sets the gain to correct estimated frequencies from Speed Estimation Speed Search.

Sets the direction of Speed Search to the direction of the frequency reference or in the motor rotation direction as detected by the drive.

0 : Disabled

1 : Enabled

Note:

• When E9-01 = 0 [Motor Type Selection = Induction (IM)] and A1-02 = 0, 2, or 8

[Control Method Selection = V/f, OLV, or EZOLV], the default settings change when the setting of b3-24 [Speed Search Method Selection] changes.

–b3-24 = 1 [Speed Estimation]: Refer to 108. –b3-24 = 2 [Current Detection 2]: 0

• When E9-01 = 1 or 2 [Permanent Magnet (PM), Synchronous Reluctance (SynRM)]

and A1-02 = 0 or 8 [V/f, EZOLV], refer to 108.

When you set A1-02, b3-24, and E9-01, set b3-14.

Speed Est Retry Current Level

Speed Est Retry Detection Time

Speed Search Restart Attempts

Speed Search Method Selection

Sets the current level for the search retry function in Speed Estimation Speed Search as a percentage where drive rated current is a setting value of 100%.

Sets the length of time that the drive will wait to retry Speed Estimation Speed Search when too much current flow stopped the Speed Search.

Sets the number of times to restart Speed Search if Speed Search does not complete.

Sets the Speed Search method when you start the motor or when you restore power after a momentary power loss.

Note:

• When A1-02 = 8 [Control Method Selection = EZOLV], the default setting changes

when the setting for E9-01 [Motor Type Selection] changes.

–E9-01 = 0 [Induction (IM)]: 2 –E9-01 = 1, 2 [Permanent Magnet (PM), Synchronous Reluctance (SynRM)]: 1

• When you set b3-24, it will trigger the drive to initialize b3-14 [Bi-directional Speed

Search]. After you set b3-24, set b3-14.

1 : Speed Estimation

2 : Current Detection 2

Default

(Range)

2.0 s

(0.1 - 10.0 s)

Determined by o2-04

(10 - 100)

0.2 s

(0.0 - 100.0 s)

Determined by o2-04

(0.0 - 2.0)

1.0

(0.0 - 3.0)

Determined by A1-02 and

o2-04

(0.00 - 6.00)

Determined by A1-02

when A1-02 ≠ 5

20.0 when A1-02 = 5

(0.0 - 1000.0 ms)

1.05

(1.00 - 1.20)

Determined by A1-02 and

b3-24

(0, 1)

150%

(0 - 200%)

0.10 s

(0.00 - 1.00 s)

3 times

(0 - 10 times)

(1, 2)

Ref.

175

176

177

Parameter List

177

YASKAWA TOEPYAIGA5002A GA500 Programming 17

1.5 b: Application

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

No.

(Hex.)

b3-25

(01C8)

Expert

b3-26

(01C7)

Expert

b3-29

(077C)

Expert

b3-31

(0BC0)

Expert

b3-32

(0BC1)

Expert

b3-33

(0B3F)

Expert

b3-54

(3123)

b3-55

(3124)

Expert

b3-56

(3126)

b3-61

(1B96)

Expert

Name Description

Speed Search Wait Time

Sets the length of time the drive will wait to start the Speed Search Retry function.

Direction Determination Level

Speed Search Back-EMF Threshold

Spd Search Current Reference Lvl

Spd Search Current Complete Lvl

Speed Search during Uv Selection

Sets the level to find the motor rotation direction. Increase the value if the drive cannot find the direction.

Sets the induced voltage for motors that use Speed Search. The drive will start Speed Search when the motor induced voltage level is the same as the setting value. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

Sets the current level that decreases the output current during Current Detection Speed Search.

Sets the current level that completes Speed Search.

Sets the function that starts Speed Search at start-up if the drive detects a Uv [Undervoltage] when it receives a Run command.

0 : Disabled

1 : Enabled

Search Time

Sets the length of time that the drive will run Speed Search.

Current Increment Time

Sets the length of time that the drive will increase the current from zero current to the setting value of b3-06 [Speed Estimation Current Level 1].

InverseRotationSearch WaitTime

Initial Pole Detection Response Gain

Sets the wait time until the drive starts inverse rotation search after it completes forward search when you do inverse rotation search during Current Detection Speed Search.

Sets the responsiveness for initial motor magnetic pole calculation when A1-02 = 6 [Control Method Selection = AOLV/PM]. Set b3-61 > 0.0 for an ordinary IPM motor.

It is automatically set if High Frequency Injection Tuning is used.

Note:

• Set n8-35 = 1 [Initial Pole Calculation Method = High Frequency Injection] to

enable this parameter.

• Set n8-41 [HFI P Gain] to adjust the responsiveness for initial motor magnetic pole

calculation when A1-02 = 5 [OLV/PM].

Default

(Range)

0.5 s

(0.0 - 30.0 s)

1000

(40 to 60000)

10%

(0 - 10%)

1.50

(1.50 - 3.50)

1.20

(0.00 - 1.49)

(0, 1)

400 ms

(10 - 2000 ms)

10 ms

(10 - 2000 ms)

Determined by o2-04

(0.1 - 5.0 s)

5.0

(-20.0 - +20.0)

Ref.

178

179

◆ b4: Timer Function

No.

(Hex.)

b4-01

(01A3)

b4-02

(01A4)

b4-03

(0B30)

Expert

b4-04

(0B31)

Name Description

Timer Function ONDelay Time

Timer Function OFFDelay Time

Terminal M1-M2 ONDelay Time

Terminal M1-M2 OFFDelay Time

Sets the ON-delay time for the timer input.

Sets the OFF-delay time for the timer input.

Sets the delay time until the contact is turned ON after the function set with H2-01 turns ON.

Sets the delay time to deactivate the contact after the function set in H2-01 deactivates.

Expert

b4-05

(0B32)

Terminal M3-M4 ONDelay Time

Sets the delay time to activate the contact after the function set in H2-02 activates.

Expert

b4-06

(0B33)

Terminal M3-M4 OFFDelay Time

Sets the delay time to deactivate the contact after the function set in H2-02 deactivates.

Expert

18 YASKAWA TOEPYAIGA5002A GA500 Programming

Default

(Range)

0.0 s

(0.0 - 3000.0 s)

0.0 s

(0.0 - 3000.0 s)

0 ms

(0 - 65000 ms)

0 ms

(0 - 65000 ms)

0 ms

(0 - 65000 ms)

0 ms

(0 - 65000 ms)

Ref.

180

181

1.5 b: Application

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

No.

(Hex.)

b4-07

(0B34)

Name Description

Terminal P2 ON-Delay Time

Expert

b4-08

(0B35)

Terminal P2 OFF-Delay Time

Expert

◆ b5: PID control

No.

(Hex.)

b5-01

(01A5)

b5-02

(01A6)

RUN

b5-03

(01A7)

RUN

b5-04

(01A8)

RUN

b5-05

(01A9)

RUN

b5-06

(01AA)

RUN

b5-07

(01AB)

RUN

b5-08

(01AC)

RUN

Expert

Name Description

PID Mode Setting

Proportional Gain (P)

Integral Time (I)

Integral Limit

Derivative Time (D)

PID Output Limit

PID Offset Adjustment

PID Primary Delay Time Constant

Sets the delay time until the contact is turned ON after the function set with H2-03 turns ON.

Sets the delay time to deactivate the contact after the function set in H2-03 deactivates.

Sets the type of PID control.

0 : Disabled

1 : Standard

2 : Standard (D on feedback)

3 : Fref + PID Trim

4 : Fref + PID Trim (D on feedback)

5 : Same as 7series & prior, b5-01=1

6 : Same as 7series & prior, b5-01=2

7 : Same as 7series & prior, b5-01=3

8 : Same as 7series & prior, b5-01=4

Note:

Use settings 5 to 8 when the drive is a replacement for a previous generation drive.

Sets the proportional gain (P) that is applied to PID input.

Sets the integral time (I) that is applied to PID input.

Sets the upper limit for integral control (I) as a percentage of the Maximum Output Frequency.

Note:

Parameter A1-02 [Control Method Selection] selects which parameter is the maximum output frequency.

• A1-02 ≠ 8 [EZOLV]: E1-04 [Maximum Output Frequency]

• A1-02 = 8: E9-02 [Maximum Speed]

Sets the derivative time (D) for PID control. This parameter adjusts system responsiveness.

Sets the maximum possible output from the PID controller as a percentage of the Maximum Output Frequency.

Note:

Parameter A1-02 [Control Method Selection] selects which parameter is the maximum output frequency.

• A1-02 ≠ 8 [EZOLV]: E1-04 [Maximum Output Frequency]

• A1-02 = 8: E9-02 [Maximum Speed]

Sets the offset for the PID control output as a percentage of the Maximum Output Frequency.

Note:

Parameter A1-02 [Control Method Selection] selects which parameter is the maximum output frequency.

• A1-02 ≠ 8 [EZOLV]: E1-04 [Maximum Output Frequency]

• A1-02 = 8: E9-02 [Maximum Speed]

Sets the primary delay time constant for the PID control output. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

Default

(Range)

0 ms

(0 - 65000 ms)

0 ms

(0 - 65000 ms)

Default

(Range)

(0 - 8)

1.00

(0.00 - 25.00)

1.0 s

(0.0 - 360.0 s)

100.0%

(0.0 - 100.0%)

0.00 s

(0.00 - 10.00 s)

100.0%

(0.0 - 100.0%)

0.0%

(-100.0 - +100.0%)

0.00 s

(0.00 - 10.00 s)

Ref.

181

Ref.

187

188

189

Parameter List

YASKAWA TOEPYAIGA5002A GA500 Programming 19

1.5 b: Application

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

No.

(Hex.)

b5-09

(01AD)

b5-10

(01AE)

RUN

b5-11

(01AF)

b5-12

(01B0)

b5-13

(01B1)

b5-14

(01B2)

b5-15

(01B3)

b5-16

(01B4)

b5-17

(01B5)

RUN

b5-18

(01DC)

b5-19

(01DD)

RUN

b5-20

(01E2)

b5-34

(019F)

RUN

Name Description

PID Output Level Selection

Sets the polarity of the PID output.

0 : Normal Output (Direct Acting)

1 : Reverse Output (Reverse Acting)

PID Output Gain Setting

Sets the amount of gain to apply to the PID output.

PID Output Reverse Selection

Sets the function that enables and disables reverse motor rotation for negative PID control output.

0 : Lower Limit is Zero

1 : Negative Output Accepted

Feedback Loss Detection Select

Sets the drive response to PID feedback loss/excess. Sets drive operation after the drive detects PID feedback loss/excess.

0 : Digital Out Only, Always Detect

1 : Alarm + Digital Out, Always Det

2 : Fault + Digital Out, Always Det

3 : Digital Out Only, @ PID Enable

4 : Alarm + Digital Out, @PID Enable

5 : Fault + Digital Out, @PID Enable

PID Feedback Loss Detection Lvl

Sets the level that triggers PID Feedback Loss [FbL] detection as a percentage of the Maximum Output Frequency.

Note:

Parameter A1-02 [Control Method Selection] selects which parameter is the maximum output frequency.

• A1-02 ≠ 8 [EZOLV]: E1-04 [Maximum Output Frequency]

• A1-02 = 8: E9-02 [Maximum Speed]

PID Feedback Loss Detection Time

PID Sleep Function Start Level

Sets the length of time that PID Feedback must be less than b5-13 [PID Feedback Loss Detection Lvl] to detect PID Feedback Loss [FbL].

Sets the output level that triggers the PID Sleep function.

PID Sleep Delay Time

Sets a delay time to start or stop the PID Sleep function.

PID Accel/Decel Time

Raises or lowers the PID setpoint using the acceleration and deceleration times set to the drive. This is a soft-starter for the PID setpoint.

b5-19 PID Setpoint Selection

Sets the function that enables and disables b5-19 [PID Setpoint Value].

0 : Disabled

1 : Enabled

PID Setpoint Value

Sets the PID setpoint when b5-18 = 1 [b5-19 PID Setpoint Selection = Enabled].

PID Unit Selection

Sets the number of digits to set and show the PID setpoint.

0 : 0.01Hz units

1 : 0.01% units

2 : rev/min

3 : User Units

PID Output Lower Limit Level

Sets the output lower limit for the PID control as a percentage of the Maximum Output Frequency.

Note:

Parameter A1-02 [Control Method Selection] selects which parameter is the maximum output frequency.

• A1-02 ≠ 8 [EZOLV]: E1-04 [Maximum Output Frequency]

• A1-02 = 8: E9-02 [Maximum Speed]

Default

(Range)

(0, 1)

1.00

(0.00 - 25.00)

(0, 1)

(0 - 5)

(0 - 100%)

1.0 s

(0.0 - 25.5 s)

Determined by A1-02

(0.0 - 590.0)

0.0 s

(0.0 - 25.5 s)

0.0 s

(0.0 - 6000.0 s)

(0, 1)

0.00%

(0.00 - 100.00%)

(0 - 3)

0.0%

(-100.0 - +100.0%)

Ref.

189

190

191

192

20 YASKAWA TOEPYAIGA5002A GA500 Programming

1.5 b: Application

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

No.

(Hex.)

b5-35

(01A0)

RUN

b5-36

(01A1)

b5-37

(01A2)

b5-38

(01FE)

b5-39

(01FF)

b5-40

(017F)

b5-47

(017D)

b5-53

(0B8F)

RUN

b5-55

(0BE1)

b5-56

(0BE2)

b5-57

(11DD)

b5-58 to b5-60:

(1182 - 1184)

RUN

b5-61

(119A)

Name Description

PID Input Limit Level

Sets the output upper limit for the PID control as a percentage of the Maximum Output Frequency.

Note:

Parameter A1-02 [Control Method Selection] selects which parameter is the maximum output frequency.

• A1-02 ≠ 8 [EZOLV]: E1-04 [Maximum Output Frequency]

• A1-02 = 8: E9-02 [Maximum Speed]

PID High Feedback Detection Lvl

Sets the level that triggers Excessive PID Feedback [FbH] as a percentage of the Maximum Output Frequency.

Note:

Parameter A1-02 [Control Method Selection] selects which parameter is the maximum output frequency.

• A1-02 ≠ 8 [EZOLV]: E1-04 [Maximum Output Frequency]

• A1-02 = 8: E9-02 [Maximum Speed]

PID High Feedback Detection Time

PID User Unit Display Scaling

PID User Unit Display Digits

Sets the length of time that the PID feedback signal must be more than the level set in b5- 36 [PID Feedback High Detection Lvl] to cause Excessive PID Feedback [FbH].

Sets the value that the drive sets or shows as the PID setpoint when at the maximum output frequency.

Sets the number of digits to set and show the PID setpoint.

0 : No Decimal Places (XXXXX)

1 : One Decimal Places (XXXX.X)

2 : Two Decimal Places (XXX.XX)

3 : Three Decimal Places (XX.XXX)

Frequency Reference Monitor @PID

Sets the contents for monitor U1-01 [Frequency Reference] in PID control.

0 : U1-01 Includes PID Output

1 : U1-01 Excludes PID Output

PID Trim Mode Output Reverse Sel

Sets reverse motor rotation when the PID control output is negative.

0 : Lower Limit is Zero

1 : Negative Output Accepted

PID Integrator Ramp Limit

PID Feedback Monitor Selection

PID Feedback Monitor Gain

PID Feedback Monitor Bias

Sets the responsiveness of PID control when the PID feedback changes quickly.

Sets the monitor (Ux-xx) used as the PID Feedback. Set the x-xx part of the Ux-xx [Monitor].

Sets the gain for the monitor set in b5-55 [PID Feedback Monitor Selection].

Sets the bias for the monitor specified in b5-55 [PID Feedback Monitor Selection].

PID Setpoints 2 to 4

Sets the PID setpoint when H1-xx = 3E or 3F [MFDI Function Selection = PID Setpoint Selection 1/2]. This value is a percentage of the maximum output frequency.

Note:

Parameter A1-02 [Control Method Selection] selects which parameter is the maximum output frequency.

• A1-02 ≠ 8 [EZOLV]: E1-04 [Maximum Output Frequency]

• A1-02 = 8: E9-02 [Maximum Speed]

PID Trim Mode Lower Limit Sel

Sets the function that adjusts the PID output in relation to the frequency reference.

0 : Disabled

1 : Enabled

Default

(Range)

1000.0%

(0.0 - 1000.0%)

100%

(0 - 100%)

1.0 s

(0.0 - 25.5 s)

Determined by b5-20

(1 - 60000)

Determined by b5-20

(0 - 3)

(0, 1)

0.0 Hz

(0.0 - 10.0 Hz)

000

(000 - 999)

1.00

(0.00 - 10.00)

0.00

(-10.00 - +10.00)

0.00%

(0.00 - 100.00%)

(0, 1)

Ref.

193

194

195

Parameter List

195

YASKAWA TOEPYAIGA5002A GA500 Programming 21

1.5 b: Application

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

No.

(Hex.)

b5-62

(119B)

b5-63

(119C)

b5-64

(119D)

b5-65

(119F)

b5-66

(11DE)

b5-67

(11DF)

b5-89

(0B89)

RUN

b5-90

(0B90)

b5-91

(0B91)

RUN

b5-92

(0B92)

RUN

b5-93

(0B93)

RUN

b5-94

(0B94)

RUN

b5-95

(0B95)

b5-96

(0B96)

RUN

Name Description

PID Trim Mode Lower Limit Value

Sets the PID Trim Mode Lower Limit Value as a percentage of the maximum output frequency.

Note:

Parameter A1-02 [Control Method Selection] selects which parameter is the maximum output frequency.

• A1-02 ≠ 8 [EZOLV]: E1-04 [Maximum Output Frequency]

• A1-02 = 8: E9-02 [Maximum Speed]

PID Differential FB Monitor Sel

PID Differential FB Monitor Gain

PID Differential FB Monitor Bias

PID Feedback Monitor Level

Selects the monitor (Ux-xx) used as the PID Differential Feedback. Set the x-xx part of the Ux-xx [Monitor].

Sets the gain for the monitor specified in b5-63 [PID Differential FB Monitor Sel].

Sets the bias for the monitor specified in b5-63 [PID Differential FB Monitor Sel].

Sets the signal level for the monitor specified in b5-55 [PID Feedback Monitor Selection].

0 : Absolute

1 : Bi-directional (+/-)

PID Differential FB Monitor Lvl

Sets the signal level for the monitor specified in b5-63 [PID Differential FB Monitor Sel].

0 : Absolute

1 : Bi-directional (+/-)

Sleep Method Selection

Sets sleep and wake up operation when using PID.

0 : Standard

1 : EZ Sleep/Wake-up

EZ Sleep Unit

Sets the measurement units for b5-91 [EZ Sleep Minimum Speed] and b5-92 [EZ Sleep Level].

0 : 0.1Hz units

1 : rev/min

EZ Sleep Minimum Speed

Sets the minimum speed for the EZ Sleep/Wakeup function. This parameter uses the largest value from b5-91, b5-34 [PID Output Lower Limit Level], and d2-02 [Frequency Reference Lower Limit].

EZ Sleep Level

Sets the value that the output frequency or motor speed must be less than for longer than b5-93 [EZ Sleep Time] to enter Sleep Mode.

EZ Sleep Time

Sets the length of time that the output frequency or motor speed must be less than b5-92 [EZ Sleep Level] to enter Sleep Mode.

EZ Sleep Wake-up Level

Sets the level at which the drive resumes operation when exiting Sleep Mode.

EZ Sleep Wake-up Mode

Sets the wake-up mode to use when exiting Sleep Mode.

0 : Absolute

1 : Setpoint Delta

EZ Sleep Wake-up Time

Sets the EZ Wake-up time.

Default

(Range)

0.00%

(0.00 - 100.00%)

000

(000 - 999)

1.00

(0.00 - 10.00)

0.00

(-10.00 - +10.00)

(0, 1)

-1

(r/min))

-1

(r/min))

-1

(r/min)

0.0 Hz or 0 min

(0.0 to 590.0 Hz or 0 to

35400 min

0.0 Hz or 0 min

(0.0 to 590.0 Hz or 0 to

35400 min

5.0 s

(0.0 - 1000.0 s)

0.00%

(0.00 - 600.00%)

(0, 1)

1.0 s

(0.0 - 1000.0 s)

Ref.

196

197

198

22 YASKAWA TOEPYAIGA5002A GA500 Programming

◆ b6: Dwell Function

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

1.5 b: Application

No.

(Hex.)

b6-01

Name Description

Dwell Reference at Start

(01B6)

b6-02

Dwell Time at Start

(01B7)

b6-03

Dwell Reference at Stop

(01B8)

b6-04

Dwell Time at Stop

(01B9)

◆ b8: Energy Saving

No.

(Hex.)

b8-01

(01CC)

b8-02

(01CD)

RUN

Expert

b8-03

(01CE)

RUN

Expert

b8-04

(01CF)

Expert

b8-05

(01D0)

Expert

b8-06

(01D1)

Expert

b8-16

(01F8)

Expert

b8-17

(01F9)

Expert

b8-18

(01FA)

Expert

b8-19

(0B40)

Expert

b8-20

(0B41)

Expert

Name Description

Energy Saving Control Selection

Energy Saving Gain

Energy Saving Filter Time

Energy Saving Coefficient Value

Power Detection Filter Time

Search Operation Voltage Limit

PM E-Save Coefficient Ki

PM E-Save Coefficient Kt

E-Save d-axis Current FilterTime

E-Save Search Frequency

E-Save Search Width

Sets the output frequency that the drive will hold momentarily when the motor starts.

Sets the length of time that the drive will hold the output frequency when the motor starts.

Sets the output frequency that the drive will hold momentarily when ramping to stop the motor.

Sets the length of time for the drive to hold the output frequency when ramping to stop the motor.

Sets the Energy-saving control function.

0 : Disabled

1 : Enabled

2 : Automatic Optimization

Note:

When A1-02 = 6 [Control Method Selection = AOLV/PM], you can only select setting 2 in Expert Mode.

Sets the gain for Energy-saving control.

Sets the responsiveness for Energy-saving control.

Sets the Energy-saving control coefficient to maintain maximum motor efficiency. The default setting is for Yaskawa motors.

Sets the time constant to measure output power.

Sets the voltage limit for Search Operation as a percentage of the motor rated voltage.

Sets torque linearity. This parameter uses the Ki value from the motor nameplate. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

Sets torque linearity. This parameter uses the Kt value from the motor nameplate. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

Sets the d-axis current reference filter time constant.

Sets the frequency of Energy-saving control search operations. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

Sets the amplitude of Energy-saving control search operations.

Default

(Range)

0.0

(Determined by A1-02)

0.0 s

(0.0 - 10.0 s)

0.0

(Determined by A1-02)

0.0 s

(0.0 - 10.0 s)

Default

(Range)

(0 - 2)

Determined by A1-02

(0.0 - 10.0)

Determined by A1-02，

C6-01 and o2-04

(0.00 - 10.00 s)

Determined by C6-01,

E2-11, and o2-04

(0.00 - 655.00)

20 ms

(0 - 2000 ms)

(0 - 100%)

1.00

(0.00 - 3.00)

1.00

(0.00 - 3.00)

0.100 s

(0.000 - 5.000 s)

Determined by A1-02

(10 - 300 Hz)

1.0 degrees

(0.1 - 5.0 degrees)

Ref.

198

199

Ref.

199

200

201

Parameter List

201

YASKAWA TOEPYAIGA5002A GA500 Programming 23

1.5 b: Application

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

No.

(Hex.)

b8-21

(0B42)

Expert

b8-22

(0B43)

Expert

b8-23

(0B44)

Expert

b8-24

(0B45)

Expert

b8-25

(0B46)

Expert

b8-26

(0B47)

Expert

b8-28

(0B8B)

Expert

b8-29

(0B8C)

Name Description

PM E-Save Search Gain

Sets the gain of Energy-saving control search operations.

PM E-Save Search LPF Cutoff Freq

Sets the frequency of the filter used to extract the high-efficiency phase from search operations. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

PM E-Save Search Limit

Sets the search operations output limit. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

PM E-Save High Freq ACR Gain

PM E-Save Search Start Level

PM E-Save Power Setpoint

Over Excitation Action Selection

Sets the gain for high-frequency current control.

Sets the start level for search operations.

Sets a value to increase torque accuracy.

Sets the function for excitation operation.

0 : Disabled

1 : Enabled

Energy Saving Priority Selection

Sets the priority of drive response between changes to the load or Energy-saving control. Enable this to prioritize energy-saving control. Disable this to prioritize tracking related to fast load changes, and prevent motor stall.

0 : Priority: Drive Response

1 : Priority: Energy Savings

Default

(Range)

0.3Hz

(0.1 - 20.0 Hz)

10.0 Hz

(1.0 - 30.0 Hz)

15.0 degrees

(0.0 - 30.0 degrees)

200.0 Hz

(100.0 - 1000.0 Hz)

10.0%

(0.0 - 100.0%)

0.0%

(-10.0 - +10.0%)

(0, 1)

Ref.

202

203

24 YASKAWA TOEPYAIGA5002A GA500 Programming

1.6 C: Tuning

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

◆ C1: Accel & Decel Time

1.6 C: Tuning

No.

(Hex.)

C1-01

(0200)

RUN

C1-02

(0201)

RUN

C1-03

(0202)

RUN

C1-04

(0203)

RUN

C1-05

(0204)

RUN

C1-06

(0205)

RUN

C1-07

(0206)

RUN

C1-08

(0207)

RUN

C1-09

(0208)

RUN

C1-10

(0209)

C1-11

(020A)

C1-14

(0264)

RUN

Name Description

Acceleration Time 1

Sets the length of time to accelerate from zero to maximum output frequency.

Deceleration Time 1

Sets the length of time to decelerate from maximum output frequency to zero.

Acceleration Time 2

Sets the length of time to accelerate from zero to maximum output frequency.

Deceleration Time 2

Sets the length of time to decelerate from maximum output frequency to zero.

Acceleration Time 3

Sets the length of time to accelerate from zero to maximum output frequency.

Deceleration Time 3

Sets the length of time to decelerate from maximum output frequency to zero.

Acceleration Time 4

Sets the length of time to accelerate from zero to maximum output frequency.

Deceleration Time 4

Sets the length of time to decelerate from maximum output frequency to zero.

Fast Stop Time

Sets the length of time that the drive will decelerate to zero for a Fast Stop.

Note:

• Decelerating too quickly can cause an ov [Overvoltage] fault that shuts off the drive

while the motor to coasts to a stop. Set a Fast Stop time in C1-09 that prevents motor coasting and makes sure that the motor stops quickly and safely.

• When L2-29 = 0 [Kinetic Energy Backup Method = Single Drive KEB Ride-Thru 1]

and you do KEB Auto-Tuning, the drive will automatically set C1-09. If you must not change the Fast Stop time, do not do KEB Tuning.

Accel/Decel Time Setting Units

Sets the setting units for C1-01 to C1-08 [Accel/Decel Times 1 to 4], C1-09 [Fast Stop

Time], L2-06 [Kinetic Energy Backup Decel Time], and L2-07 [Kinetic Energy Backup Accel Time].

0 : 0.01 s (0.00 to 600.00 s)

1 : 0.1 s (0.0 to 6000.0 s)

Accel/Decel Time Switching Frequency

Accel/Decel Rate Frequency

Sets the frequency at which the drive will automatically change acceleration and deceleration times.

Sets the base frequency used to calculate acceleration and deceleration rates.

Default

(Range)

10.0 s

(0.0 - 6000.0 s)

10.0 s

(0.0 - 6000.0 s)

10.0 s

(0.0 - 6000.0 s)

10.0 s

(0.0 - 6000.0 s)

10.0 s

(0.0 - 6000.0 s)

10.0 s

(0.0 - 6000.0 s)

10.0 s

(0.0 - 6000.0 s)

10.0 s

(0.0 - 6000.0 s)

10.0 s

(0.0 - 6000.0 s)

(0, 1)

Determined by A1-02

(0.0 - 590.0 Hz)

0.0 Hz

(0.0 - 590.0 Hz)

Ref.

206

207

208

Parameter List

◆ C2: S-Curve Characteristics

No.

(Hex.)

C2-01

(020B)

C2-02

(020C)

Name Description

S-Curve Time @ Start of Accel

S-Curve Time @ End of Accel

Sets the S-curve acceleration time at start.

Sets the S-curve acceleration time at completion.

YASKAWA TOEPYAIGA5002A GA500 Programming 25

Default

(Range)

Determined by A1-02

(0.00 - 10.00 s)

0.20 s

(0.00 - 10.00 s)

Ref.

210

1.6 C: Tuning

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

No.

(Hex.)

C2-03

(020D)

C2-04

(020E)

Name Description

S-Curve Time @ Start of Decel

S-Curve Time @ End of Decel

Sets the S-curve deceleration time at start.

Sets the S-curve deceleration time at completion.

◆ C3: Slip Compensation

No.

(Hex.)

C3-01

(020F)

RUN

C3-02

(0210)

RUN

C3-03

(0211)

C3-04

(0212)

C3-05

(0213)

C3-16

(0261)

Expert

C3-17

(0262)

Expert

C3-18

(0263)

Expert

C3-21

(033E)

RUN

C3-22

(0241)

RUN

C3-23

(0242)

Name Description

Slip Compensation Gain

Sets the gain for the slip compensation function. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

Note:

Correctly set these parameters before changing the slip compensation gain:

• E2-01 [Motor Rated Current (FLA)]

• E2-02 [Motor Rated Slip]

• E2-03 [Motor No-Load Current]

Slip Compensation Delay Time

Sets the slip compensation delay time when speed is unstable or when the slip compensation response is too slow. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

Slip Compensation Limit

Sets the upper limit for the slip compensation function as a percentage of the motor rated slip.

Slip Compensation at Regen

Sets the slip compensation function during regenerative operation.

0 : Disabled

1 : Enabled Above 6Hz

2 : Enabled Above C3-15

Output Voltage Limit Selection

Sets the automatic reduction of motor magnetic flux when the output voltage is saturated.

0 : Disabled

1 : Enabled

Vout Modulation Limit Start Lvl

Vout Modulation Limit Max Level

Output Voltage Limit Level

Motor 2 Slip Compensation Gain

Sets the modulation factor that starts the output voltage limit operation when C3-05 = 1 [Output Voltage Limit Selection = Enabled].

Sets the modulation factor used with C3-18 [Output Voltage Limit Level] for the output voltage limit operation when C3-05 = 1 [Output Voltage Limit Selection = Enabled].

Sets the maximum drop width of the voltage reference when C3-05 = 1 [Output Voltage Limit Selection = Enabled].

Sets the gain for the motor 2 slip compensation function. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

Note:

Correctly set these parameters before changing the slip compensation gain:

• E4-01 [Motor 2 Rated Current]

• E4-02 [Motor 2 Rated Slip]

• E4-03 [Motor 2 Rated No-Load Current]

Motor 2 Slip Comp Delay Time

Motor 2 Slip Compensation Limit

Sets the slip compensation delay time for motor 2 when speed is unstable or when the slip compensation response is too slow. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

Sets the upper limit for the slip compensation function as a percentage of the motor 2 rated slip.

Default

(Range)

0.20 s

(0.00 - 10.00 s)

0.00 s

(0.00 - 10.00 s)

Default

(Range)

Determined by A1-02

(0.0 - 2.5)

Determined by A1-02

(0 - 10000 ms)

200%

(0 - 250%)

(0 - 2)

(0, 1)

90.0%

(70.0 - 90.0%)

100.0%

(85.0 - 100.0%)

90.0%

(50.0 - 100.0%)

Determined by E3-01

(0.0 - 2.5)

Determined by E3-01

(0 - 10000 ms)

200%

(0 - 250%)

Ref.

210

Ref.

211

212

213

26 YASKAWA TOEPYAIGA5002A GA500 Programming

1.6 C: Tuning

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

No.

(Hex.)

C3-24

(0243)

Name Description

Motor 2 Slip Comp during Regen

Sets the slip compensation during regenerative operation function for motor 2.

0 : Disabled

1 : Enabled Above 6Hz

2 : Enabled Above C3-15

C3-29

(1B5D)

Expert

Slip Compensation Gain @ Low Spd

Sets the gain for the slip compensation function in the low speed range. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

◆ C4: Torque Compensation

No.

(Hex.)

C4-01

(0215)

RUN

C4-02

(0216)

RUN

C4-03

(0217)

C4-04

(0218)

C4-05

(0219)

C4-06

(021A)

C4-07

(0341)

RUN

C4-23

(1583)

RUN

Expert

Name Description

Torque Compensation Gain

Sets the gain for the torque compensation function. Use this parameter value for motor 1 when operating multiple motors.

Note:

When A1-02 = 8 [Control Method Selection = EZOLV], you cannot change this parameter during drive run.

Torque Compensation Delay Time

Sets the torque compensation delay time. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

Note:

If A1-02 = 8 [Control Method Selection = EZOLV], you cannot change the setting while the drive is running.

Torque Compensation @ FWD Start

Torque Compensation @ REV Start

Torque Compensation Time

Motor 2 Torque Comp Delay Time

Motor 2 Torque Compensation Gain

Set the amount of torque reference for forward start as a percentage of the motor rated torque.

Sets the amount of torque reference for reverse start as a percentage of the motor rated torque.

Sets the starting torque constant to use with C4-03 and C4-04 [Torque Compensation @ FWD/REV Start].

Sets the value if ov [Overvoltage] occurs with sudden changes in the load, at the end of acceleration, or at the start of deceleration.

Sets the gain for motor 2 torque compensation function when using the Motor Switch function.

Current Control Gain

Current control gain. Usually it is not necessary to change this parameter.

Default

(Range)

(0 - 2)

0.0

(0.0 - 2.5)

Default

(Range)

Determined by A1-02

(0.00 - 2.50)

Determined by A1-02

(0 - 60000 ms)

0.0%

(0.0 - 200.0%)

0.0%

(-200.0 - 0.0%)

10 ms

(0 - 200 ms)

150 ms

(0 - 10000 ms)

1.00

(0.00 - 2.50)

1.00

(0.50 - 2.50)

Ref.

214

Ref.

215

216

◆ C5: Automatic Speed Regulator (ASR: Automatic Speed Regulator)

No.

(Hex.)

C5-01

(021B)

RUN

C5-02

(021C)

RUN

Name Description

ASR Proportional Gain 1

Sets the gain to adjust ASR response.

Note:

When A1-02 = 0 [Control Method Selection = V/f], set H6-01 = 3 [Terminal RP Pulse Train Function = Speed Feedback (V/F Control)] to enable this parameter.

ASR Integral Time 1

Sets the ASR integral time.

Note:

When A1-02 = 0 [Control Method Selection = V/f], set H6-01 = 3 [Terminal RP Pulse Train Function = Speed Feedback (V/F Control)] to enable this parameter.

Default

(Range)

Determined by A1-02

(0.00 - 300.00)

Determined by A1-02

(0.000 - 60.000 s)

Ref.

219

YASKAWA TOEPYAIGA5002A GA500 Programming 27

Parameter List

1.6 C: Tuning

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

No.

(Hex.)

C5-03

(021D)

RUN

C5-04

(021E)

RUN

C5-05

(021F)

C5-06

(0220)

C5-07

(0221)

C5-08

(0222)

C5-12

(0386)

C5-29

(0B18)

Expert

C5-39

(030D)

Name Description

ASR Proportional Gain 2

Sets the gain to adjust ASR response.

Note:

When A1-02 = 0 [Control Method Selection = V/f], set H6-01 = 3 [Terminal RP Pulse Train Function = Speed Feedback (V/F Control)] to enable this parameter.

ASR Integral Time 2

Sets the ASR integral time.

Note:

When A1-02 = 0 [Control Method Selection = V/f], set H6-01 = 3 [Terminal RP Pulse Train Function = Speed Feedback (V/F Control)] to enable this parameter.

ASR Limit

Sets the ASR output limit where E1-04 [Maximum Output Frequency] is 100%.

Note:

When A1-02 = 0 [Control Method Selection = V/f], set H6-01 = 3 [Terminal RP Pulse Train Function = Speed Feedback (V/F Control)] to enable this parameter.

ASR Delay Time

Sets the filter time constant of the torque reference output from the speed loop. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

ASR Gain Switchover Frequency

Sets the frequency where the drive will switch between these parameters:

C5-01 and C5-03 [ASR Proportional Gain 1/2] C5-02 and C5-04 [ASR Integral Time 1/2]

ASR Integral Limit

Set the upper limit of the ASR integral amount as a percentage of the rated load.

Integral Operation @ Accel/Decel

Sets ASR integral operation during acceleration and deceleration.

0 : No

1 : Yes

Note:

When A1-02 = 0 [Control Method Selection = V/f], set H6-01 = 3 [Terminal RP Pulse Train Function = Speed Feedback (V/F Control)] to enable this parameter.

Speed Control Response

Sets the level of speed control responsiveness. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

0 : Standard

1 : High Performance 1

ASR Primary Delay Time Const 2

Sets the filter time constant used when the torque reference is output from ASR. Usually it is not necessary to change this parameter.

Default

(Range)

Determined by A1-02

(0.00 - 300.00)

Determined by A1-02

(0.000 - 60.000 s)

5.0%

(0.0 - 20.0%)

Determined by A1-02

(0.000 - 0.500 s)

Determined by A1-02

(Determined by A1-02)

400%

(0 - 400%)

(0, 1)

0.000 s

(0.000 - 0.500 s)

Ref.

219

220

221

28 YASKAWA TOEPYAIGA5002A GA500 Programming

◆ C6: Duty & Carrier Frequency

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

1.6 C: Tuning

No.

(Hex.)

C6-01

(0223)

C6-02

(0224)

C6-03

(0225)

C6-04

(0226)

C6-05

(0227)

C6-09

(022B)

Name Description

Normal / Heavy Duty Selection

Sets the drive duty rating.

0 : Heavy Duty Rating

1 : Normal Duty Rating

Carrier Frequency Selection

Sets the carrier frequency for the transistors in the drive.

1 : 2.0 kHz

2 : 5.0 kHz (4.0 kHz for AOLV/PM)

3 : 8.0 kHz

4 : 10.0 kHz

5 : 12.5 kHz

6 : 15.0 kHz

7 : Swing PWM4 (Audible Sound 1)

8 : Swing PWM4 (Audible Sound 2)

9 : Swing PWM4 (Audible Sound 3)

A : Swing PWM4 (Audible Sound 4)

B : Leakage Current Rejection PWM

F : User Defined (C6-03 to C6-05)

Note:

• The setting range changes when the A1-02 [Control Method Selection] value

changes:

–5, 8 [OLV/PM, EZOLV]: You cannot set to 7 to A. –When 6 [AOLV/PM]: 2 [5.0 kHz (AOLV/PM: 4.0 kHz)] is available.

• The carrier frequency for Swing PWM 1 is equivalent to 2.0 kHz. Swing PWM

applies a special PWM pattern to decrease the audible noise.

Carrier Frequency Upper Limit

Carrier Frequency Lower Limit

Carrier Freq Proportional Gain

Carrier Freq at Rotational Tune

Sets the upper limit of the carrier frequency. Set C6-02 = F [Carrier Frequency Selection = User Defined (C6-03 to C6-05)] to set this parameter.

Sets the lower limit of the carrier frequency. Set C6-02 = F [Carrier Frequency Selection = User Defined (C6-03 to C6-05)] to set this parameter.

Sets the proportional gain for the carrier frequency. Set C6-02 = F [Carrier Frequency Selection = User Defined (C6-03 to C6-05)] to set this parameter.

Sets the Auto-Tuning carrier frequency. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

0 : 5 kHz

1 : Use C6-03

Default

(Range)

(0, 1)

Determined by A1-02,

C6-01, and o2-04

(Determined by A1-02)

Determined by C6-02

(1.0 - 15.0 kHz)

Determined by C6-02

(1.0 - 15.0 kHz)

Determined by C6-02

(0 - 99)

(0, 1)

Ref.

221

222

223

224

Parameter List

YASKAWA TOEPYAIGA5002A GA500 Programming 29

1.7 d: Reference Settings

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

1.7 d: Reference Settings

◆ d1: Frequency Reference

No.

(Hex.)

d1-01

(0280)

RUN

d1-02

(0281)

RUN

d1-03

(0282)

RUN

d1-04

(0283)

RUN

d1-05

(0284)

RUN

d1-06

(0285)

RUN

d1-07

(0286)

RUN

d1-08

(0287)

RUN

d1-09

(0288)

RUN

d1-10

(028B)

RUN

d1-11

(028C)

RUN

Name Description

Reference 1

Sets the frequency reference in the units from o1-03 [Frequency Display Unit Selection].

Note:

When A1-02 = 6 [Control Method Selection = AOLV/PM], the default setting is o1-03 = 1 [0.01% (100% = E1-04)].

Reference 2

Sets the frequency reference in the units from o1-03 [Frequency Display Unit Selection].

Note:

When A1-02 = 6 [Control Method Selection = AOLV/PM], the default setting is o1-03 = 1 [0.01% (100% = E1-04)].

Reference 3

Sets the frequency reference in the units from o1-03 [Frequency Display Unit Selection].

Note:

When A1-02 = 6 [Control Method Selection = AOLV/PM], the default setting is o1-03 = 1 [0.01% (100% = E1-04)].

Reference 4

Sets the frequency reference in the units from o1-03 [Frequency Display Unit Selection].

Note:

When A1-02 = 6 [Control Method Selection = AOLV/PM], the default setting is o1-03 = 1 [0.01% (100% = E1-04)].

Reference 5

Sets the frequency reference in the units from o1-03 [Frequency Display Unit Selection].

Note:

When A1-02 = 6 [Control Method Selection = AOLV/PM], the default setting is o1-03 = 1 [0.01% (100% = E1-04)].

Reference 6

Sets the frequency reference in the units from o1-03 [Frequency Display Unit Selection].

Note:

When A1-02 = 6 [Control Method Selection = AOLV/PM], the default setting is o1-03 = 1 [0.01% (100% = E1-04)].

Reference 7

Sets the frequency reference in the units from o1-03 [Frequency Display Unit Selection].

Note:

When A1-02 = 6 [Control Method Selection = AOLV/PM], the default setting is o1-03 = 1 [0.01% (100% = E1-04)].

Reference 8

Sets the frequency reference in the units from o1-03 [Frequency Display Unit Selection].

Note:

When A1-02 = 6 [Control Method Selection = AOLV/PM], the default setting is o1-03 = 1 [0.01% (100% = E1-04)].

Reference 9

Sets the frequency reference in the units from o1-03 [Frequency Display Unit Selection].

Note:

When A1-02 = 6 [Control Method Selection = AOLV/PM], the default setting is o1-03 = 1 [0.01% (100% = E1-04)].

Reference 10

Sets the frequency reference in the units from o1-03 [Frequency Display Unit Selection].

Note:

When A1-02 = 6 [Control Method Selection = AOLV/PM], the default setting is o1-03 = 1 [0.01% (100% = E1-04)].

Reference 11

Sets the frequency reference in the units from o1-03 [Frequency Display Unit Selection].

Note:

When A1-02 = 6 [Control Method Selection = AOLV/PM], the default setting is o1-03 = 1 [0.01% (100% = E1-04)].

Default

(Range)

0.00 Hz

(0.00 - 590.00 Hz)

0.00 Hz

(0.00 - 590.00 Hz)

0.00 Hz

(0.00 - 590.00 Hz)

0.00 Hz

(0.00 - 590.00 Hz)

0.00 Hz

(0.00 - 590.00 Hz)

0.00 Hz

(0.00 - 590.00 Hz)

0.00 Hz

(0.00 - 590.00 Hz)

0.00 Hz

(0.00 - 590.00 Hz)

0.00 Hz

(0.00 - 590.00 Hz)

0.00 Hz

(0.00 - 590.00 Hz)

0.00 Hz

(0.00 - 590.00 Hz)

Ref.

228

229

230

231

30 YASKAWA TOEPYAIGA5002A GA500 Programming

1.7 d: Reference Settings

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

No.

(Hex.)

d1-12

(028D)

RUN

d1-13

(028E)

RUN

d1-14

(028F)

RUN

d1-15

(0290)

RUN

d1-16

(0291)

RUN

d1-17

(0292)

RUN

Name Description

Reference 12

Sets the frequency reference in the units from o1-03 [Frequency Display Unit Selection].

Note:

When A1-02 = 6 [Control Method Selection = AOLV/PM], the default setting is o1-03 = 1 [0.01% (100% = E1-04)].

Reference 13

Sets the frequency reference in the units from o1-03 [Frequency Display Unit Selection].

Note:

When A1-02 = 6 [Control Method Selection = AOLV/PM], the default setting is o1-03 = 1 [0.01% (100% = E1-04)].

Reference 14

Sets the frequency reference in the units from o1-03 [Frequency Display Unit Selection].

Note:

When A1-02 = 6 [Control Method Selection = AOLV/PM], the default setting is o1-03 = 1 [0.01% (100% = E1-04)].

Reference 15

Sets the frequency reference in the units from o1-03 [Frequency Display Unit Selection].

Note:

When A1-02 = 6 [Control Method Selection = AOLV/PM], the default setting is o1-03 = 1 [0.01% (100% = E1-04)].

Reference 16

Sets the frequency reference in the units from o1-03 [Frequency Display Unit Selection].

Note:

When A1-02 = 6 [Control Method Selection = AOLV/PM], the default setting is o1-03 = 1 [0.01% (100% = E1-04)].

Jog Reference

Sets the Jog frequency reference in the units from o1-03 [Frequency Display Unit Selection]. Set H1-xx = 6 [MFDI Function Select = Jog Reference Selection] to use the Jog frequency reference.

Note:

When A1-02 = 6 [Control Method Selection = AOLV/PM], the default setting is o1-03 = 1 [0.01% (100% = E1-04)].

Default

(Range)

0.00 Hz

(0.00 - 590.00 Hz)

0.00 Hz

(0.00 - 590.00 Hz)

0.00 Hz

(0.00 - 590.00 Hz)

0.00 Hz

(0.00 - 590.00 Hz)

0.00 Hz

(0.00 - 590.00 Hz)

6.00 Hz

(0.00 - 590.00 Hz)

Ref.

231

232

◆ d2: Reference Limits

No.

(Hex.)

d2-01

(0289)

d2-02

(028A)

d2-03

(0293)

Name Description

Frequency Reference Upper Limit

Frequency Reference Lower Limit

Analog Frequency Ref Lower Limit

Sets maximum limit for all frequency references. The maximum output frequency is 100%.

Sets minimum limit for all frequency references. The maximum output frequency is 100%.

Sets the lower limit for the master frequency reference (the first frequency of the multistep speed reference) as a percentage. The maximum output frequency is 100%.

Note:

Parameter A1-02 [Control Method Selection] selects which parameter is the maximum output frequency.

• A1-02 ≠ 8 [EZOLV]: E1-04 [Maximum Output Frequency]

• A1-02 = 8: E9-02 [Motor Max Revolutions]

Note:

Parameter A1-02 [Control Method Selection] selects which parameter is the maximum output frequency.

• A1-02 ≠ 8 [EZOLV]: E1-04 [Maximum Output Frequency]

• A1-02 = 8: E9-02 [Motor Max Revolutions]

Note:

Parameter A1-02 [Control Method Selection] selects which parameter is the maximum output frequency.

• A1-02 ≠ 8: E1-04 [Maximum Output Frequency]

• A1-02 = 8: E9-02 [Maximum Speed]

Default

(Range)

100.0%

(0.0 - 110.0%)

0.0%

(0.0 - 110.0%)

0.0%

(0.0 - 110.0%)

Ref.

232

233

Parameter List

YASKAWA TOEPYAIGA5002A GA500 Programming 31

1.7 d: Reference Settings

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

◆ d3: Jump Frequency

No.

(Hex.)

d3-01

(0294)

d3-02

(0295)

d3-03

(0296)

d3-04

(0297)

Name Description

Jump Frequency 1

Sets the median value of the frequency band that the drive will avoid.

Jump Frequency 2

Sets the median value of the frequency band that the drive will avoid.

Jump Frequency 3

Sets the median value of the frequency band that the drive will avoid.

Jump Frequency Width

Sets the width of the frequency band that the drive will avoid.

◆ d4: Frequency Ref Up/Down & Hold

No.

(Hex.)

d4-01

(0298)

d4-03

(02AA)

RUN

d4-04

(02AB)

RUN

d4-05

(02AC)

RUN

d4-06

(02AD)

d4-07

(02AE)

RUN

d4-08

(02AF)

RUN

Name Description

Freq Reference Hold Selection

Sets the function that saves the frequency reference or the frequency bias (Up/Down 2) after a Stop command or when de-energizing the drive.

Set H1-xx [MFDI Function Selection] to one of these values to enable this parameter:

• A [Accel/Decel Ramp Hold]

• 10/11 [Up/Down Command]

• 75/76 [Up/Down 2 Command]

0 : Disabled

1 : Enabled

Up/Down 2 Bias Step Frequency

Up/Down 2 Ramp Selection

Sets the bias that the Up/Down 2 function adds to or subtracts from the frequency reference.

Sets the acceleration and deceleration times for the Up/Down 2 function to apply the bias to the frequency reference.

0 : Use Selected Accel/Decel Time

1 : Use Accel/Decel Time 4

Up/Down 2 Bias Mode Selection

Sets the function that saves the bias value to the drive when you open or close the two Up/ Down 2 Commands [H1-xx = 75, 76]. Set d4-03 [Up/Down 2 Bias Step Frequency] = 0.00 before you set this parameter.

0 : Hold when Neither Up/Down Closed

1 : Reset when Neither / Both Closed

Frequency Ref Bias (Up/ Down 2)

Saves the bias value from the Up/Down 2 Command where the Maximum Output Frequency is 100%.

Note:

Parameter A1-02 [Control Method Selection] selects which parameter is the maximum output frequency.

• A1-02 ≠ 8 [EZOLV]: E1-04 [Maximum Output Frequency]

• A1-02 = 8: E9-02 [Maximum Speed]

Analog Freq Ref Fluctuate Limit

If the frequency reference changes for more than the level set to this parameter, then the bias value will be held. The value is set as a percentage of the Maximum Output Frequency.

Note:

Parameter A1-02 [Control Method Selection] selects which parameter is the maximum output frequency.

• A1-02 ≠ 8 [EZOLV]: E1-04 [Maximum Output Frequency]

• A1-02 = 8: E9-02 [Maximum Speed]

Up/Down 2 Bias Upper Limit

Sets the upper limit of the Up/Down 2 bias as a percentage of the Maximum Output Frequency.

Note:

Parameter A1-02 [Control Method Selection] selects which parameter is the maximum output frequency.

• A1-02 ≠ 8 [EZOLV]: E1-04 [Maximum Output Frequency]

• A1-02 = 8: E9-02 [Maximum Speed]

Default

(Range)

0.0 Hz

(Determined by A1-02)

0.0 Hz

(Determined by A1-02)

0.0 Hz

(Determined by A1-02)

1.0 Hz

(Determined by A1-02)

Default

(Range)

(0, 1)

0.00 Hz

(0.00 - 99.99 Hz)

(0, 1)

0.0%

(-99.9 - +100.0%)

1.0%

(0.1 - 100.0%)

100.0%

(0.0 - 100.0%)

Ref.

234

Ref.

234

236

237

238

32 YASKAWA TOEPYAIGA5002A GA500 Programming

1.7 d: Reference Settings

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

No.

(Hex.)

d4-09

(02B0)

RUN

Name Description

Up/Down 2 Bias Lower Limit

Sets the lower limit of the Up/Down 2 bias as a percentage of the Maximum Output Frequency.

Note:

Parameter A1-02 [Control Method Selection] selects which parameter is the maximum output frequency.

• A1-02 ≠ 8 [EZOLV]: E1-04 [Maximum Output Frequency]

• A1-02 = 8: E9-02 [Maximum Speed]

d4-10

(02B6)

Up/Down Freq Lower Limit Select

Sets the lower frequency limit for the Up/Down function.

0 : Greater of d2-02 or Analog

1 : d2-02

◆ d6: Field Weakening /Forcing

No.

(Hex.)

d6-01

(02A0)

d6-02

(02A1)

d6-03

(02A2)

d6-06

(02A5)

Name Description

Field Weakening Level

Sets the drive output voltage as a percentage of E1-05 [Maximum Output Voltage] when H1-xx = 63 [Field Weakening] is activated.

Field Weakening Frequency Limit

Sets the minimum output frequency to start field weakening.

Field Forcing Selection

Sets the field forcing function.

0 : Disabled

1 : Enabled

Field Forcing Limit

Sets the limit value for field forcing to increase the motor excitation current reference as a percentage of E2-03 [Motor No-Load Current]. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

Default

(Range)

0.0%

(-99.9 - 0.0%)

(0, 1)

Default

(Range)

80%

(0 - 100%)

0.0 Hz

(0.0 - 590.0 Hz)

(0, 1)

400%

(100 - 400%)

Ref.

239

Ref.

240

◆ d7: Offset Frequency

No.

(Hex.)

d7-01

(02B2)

RUN

d7-02

(02B3)

RUN

d7-03

(02B4)

RUN

Name Description

Offset Frequency 1

Uses H1-xx = 44 [MFDI Function Select = Add Offset Frequency 1 (d7-01)] as a percentage of the Maximum Output Frequency to add or subtract the set frequency to/from the frequency reference.

Offset Frequency 2

Uses H1-xx = 45 [MFDI Function Select = Add Offset Frequency 2 (d7-02)] as a percentage of the Maximum Output Frequency to add or subtract the set frequency to/from the frequency reference.

Offset Frequency 3

Uses H1-xx = 46 [MFDI Function Select = Add Offset Frequency 3 (d7-03)] as a percentage of the Maximum Output Frequency to add or subtract the set frequency to/from the frequency reference.

Note:

Parameter A1-02 [Control Method Selection] selects which parameter is the maximum output frequency.

• A1-02 ≠ 8 [EZOLV]: E1-04 [Maximum Output Frequency]

• A1-02 = 8: E9-02 [Maximum Speed]

Note:

Parameter A1-02 [Control Method Selection] selects which parameter is the maximum output frequency.

• A1-02 ≠ 8 [EZOLV]: E1-04 [Maximum Output Frequency]

• A1-02 = 8: E9-02 [Maximum Speed]

Note:

Parameter A1-02 [Control Method Selection] selects which parameter is the maximum output frequency.

• A1-02 ≠ 8 [EZOLV]: E1-04 [Maximum Output Frequency]

• A1-02 = 8: E9-02 [Maximum Speed]

Default

(Range)

0.0%

(-100.0 - +100.0%)

0.0%

(-100.0 - +100.0%)

0.0%

(-100.0 - +100.0%)

Ref.

241

Parameter List

241

YASKAWA TOEPYAIGA5002A GA500 Programming 33

1.8 E: Motor Parameters

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

1.8 E: Motor Parameters

◆ E1: V/f Pattern for Motor 1

No.

(Hex.)

E1-01

(0300)

E1-03

(0302)

E1-04

(0303)

E1-05

(0304)

E1-06

(0305)

E1-07

(0306)

E1-08

(0307)

E1-09

(0308)

E1-10

(0309)

E1-11

(030A)

Expert

Name Description

Input AC Supply Voltage

Sets the drive input voltage.

NOTICE: Set parameter E1-01 to align with the drive input voltage (not motor voltage). If this parameter is incorrect, the protective functions of the drive will not operate correctly and it can cause damage to the drive.

V/f Pattern Selection

Maximum Output Frequency

Maximum Output Voltage

Base Frequency

Mid Point A Frequency

Mid Point A Voltage

Minimum Output Frequency

Minimum Output Voltage

Mid Point B Frequency

Sets the V/f pattern for the drive and motor. You can use one of the preset patterns or you can make a custom pattern.

0 : Const Trq, 50Hz base, 50Hz max

1 : Const Trq, 60Hz base, 60Hz max

2 : Const Trq, 50Hz base, 60Hz max

3 : Const Trq, 60 Hz base, 72 Hz max

4 : VT, 50Hz, 65% Vmid reduction

5 : VT, 50Hz, 50% Vmid reduction

6 : VT, 60 Hz, 65% Vmid reduction

7 : VT, 60 Hz, 50% Vmid reduction

8 : High Trq, 50Hz, 25% Vmin Boost

9 : High Trq, 50Hz, 65% Vmin Boost

A : High Trq, 60 Hz, 25% Vmin Boost

B : High Trq, 60 Hz, 65% Vmin Boost

C : Const Trq, 60 Hz base, 90 Hz max

D : Const Trq, 60 Hz base, 120 Hz max

E : Const Trq, 60 Hz base, 180 Hz max

F : V/f Pattern Selection

Note:

• When A1-02 = 2 [Control Method Selection = OLV], settings 0 to E are not

available.

• Set the correct V/f pattern for the application and operation area. An incorrect V/f

pattern can decrease motor torque and increase current from overexcitation.

Sets the maximum output frequency for the V/f pattern.

Sets the maximum output voltage for the V/f pattern.

Sets the base frequency for the V/f pattern.

Sets a middle output frequency for the V/f pattern.

Sets a middle output voltage for the V/f pattern.

Sets the minimum output frequency for the V/f pattern.

Sets the minimum output voltage for the V/f pattern.

Sets a middle output frequency for the V/f pattern.

Default

(Range)

200 V Class: 240 V, 400

V: 480 V

(200 V Class: 155 to 255

V, 400 V Class: 310 to

510 V)

(Determined by A1-02)

Determined by A1-02 and

E5-01

(Determined by A1-02

and E5-01)

200 V Class: 230.0 V, 400

V: 460.0 V

(200 V Class: 0.0 - 255.0

V, 400 V Class: 0.0 -

510.0 V)

Determined by A1-02 and

E5-01

(0.0 - E1-04)

Determined by A1-02

(0.0 - E1-04)

Determined by A1-02，

C6-01 and o2-04

(200 V Class: 0.0 - 255.0

400 V Class: 0.0 - 510.0

Determined by A1-02 and

E5-01

(Determined by A1-02,

E1-04, and E5-01)

Determined by A1-02

(200 V Class: 0.0 to 255.0

V, 400 V Class: 0.0 to

510.0 V)

0.0 Hz

(0.0 - E1-04)

Ref.

243

248

249

34 YASKAWA TOEPYAIGA5002A GA500 Programming

1.8 E: Motor Parameters

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

No.

(Hex.)

E1-12

(030B)

Name Description

Mid Point B Voltage

Sets a middle point voltage for the V/f pattern.

Expert

E1-13

(030C)

Base Voltage

Sets the base voltage for the V/f pattern.

Expert

◆ E2: Motor Parameters

No.

(Hex.)

E2-01

(030E)

E2-02

(030F)

E2-03

(0310)

E2-04

(0311)

E2-05

(0312)

E2-06

(0313)

E2-07

(0314)

E2-08

(0315)

E2-09

(0316)

Expert

E2-10

(0317)

E2-11

(0318)

Name Description

Motor Rated Current (FLA)

Sets the motor rated current in amps.

Motor Rated Slip

Sets motor rated slip.

Motor No-Load Current

Sets the no-load current for the motor in amps when operating at the rated frequency and the no-load voltage.

Motor Pole Count

Sets the number of motor poles.

Motor Line-to-Line Resistance

Motor Leakage Inductance

Motor Saturation Coefficient 1

Motor Saturation Coefficient 2

Sets the line-to-line resistance for the motor stator windings.

Sets the voltage drop from motor leakage inductance when the motor is operating at the rated frequency and rated current. This value is a percentage of Motor Rated Voltage.

Sets the motor iron-core saturation coefficient at 50% of the magnetic flux.

Sets the motor iron-core saturation coefficient at 75% of the magnetic flux.

Motor Mechanical Loss

Sets the mechanical loss of the motor. It is set as a percentage of E2-11 [Motor Rated Power]. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

Motor Iron Loss

Sets the motor iron loss.

Motor Rated Power

Sets the motor rated output in the units from o1-58 [Motor Power Unit Selection].

Note:

• When A1-02 = 0 [Control Method Selection = V/f], the maximum value is 120.

• When A1-02 = 2 [OLV], the maximum value is 48.

Default

(Range)

0.0 V

(200 V Class: 0.0 to 255.0

V, 400 V Class: 0.0 to

510.0 V)

0.0 V

(200 V Class: 0.0 - 255.0

V,400 V Class: 0.0 -

510.0 V)

Default

(Range)

Determined by o2-04,

C6-01

(10% to 200% of the

drive rated current)

Determined by o2-04,

C6-01

(0.000 - 20.000 Hz)

Determined by o2-04,

C6-01

(0 to E2-01)

(2 - 120)

Determined by o2-04,

C6-01

(0.000 - 65.000 Ω)

Determined by o2-04,

C6-01

(0.0 - 60.0%)

0.50

(0.00 - 0.50)

0.75

(E2-07 - 0.75)

0.0%

(0.0 - 10.0%)

Determined by o2-04,

C6-01

(0 - 65535 W)

Determined by o2-04,

C6-01

(0.00 - 650.00 HP)

Ref.

250

Ref.

250

251

252

253

Parameter List

◆ E3: V/f Pattern for Motor 2

No.

(Hex.)

E3-01

(0319)

Name Description

Motor 2 Control Mode Selection

Sets the control method for motor 2.

Default

(Range)

(0, 2)

Ref.

253

Note:

When you change this setting, the drive will set all parameters that are dependent on this parameter to their default settings.

0 : V/f Control

2 : Open Loop Vector

E3-04

(031A)

Motor 2 Maximum Output Frequency

Set the maximum output frequency for the motor 2 V/f pattern.

Determined by E3-01

(40.0 - 590.0 Hz)

254

YASKAWA TOEPYAIGA5002A GA500 Programming 35

1.8 E: Motor Parameters

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

No.

(Hex.)

E3-05

(031B)

E3-06

(031C)

E3-07

(031D)

E3-08

(031E)

E3-09

(031F)

E3-10

(0320)

E3-11

(0345)

Expert

E3-12

(0346)

Expert

E3-13

(0347)

Expert

Name Description

Motor 2 Maximum Output Voltage

Sets the maximum output voltage for the motor 2 V/f pattern.

Motor 2 Base Frequency

Sets the base frequency for the motor 2 V/f pattern.

Motor 2 Mid Point A Frequency

Motor 2 Mid Point A Voltage

Motor 2 Minimum Output Frequency

Motor 2 Minimum Output Voltage

Motor 2 Mid Point B Frequency

Motor 2 Mid Point B Voltage

Sets a middle output frequency for the motor 2 V/f pattern.

Sets a middle output voltage for the motor 2 V/f pattern.

Sets the minimum output frequency for the motor 2 V/f pattern.

Sets the minimum output voltage for the motor 2 V/f pattern.

Sets a middle output frequency for the motor 2 V/f pattern. Set this parameter to adjust the V/f pattern for the constant output range. Usually it is not necessary to change this parameter.

Sets a middle output voltage for the motor 2 V/f pattern. Set this parameter to adjust the V/ f pattern for the constant output range. Usually it is not necessary to change this parameter.

Motor 2 Base Voltage

Sets the base voltage for the motor 2 V/f pattern. Set this parameter to adjust the V/f pattern for the constant output range. Usually it is not necessary to change this parameter.

Default

(Range)

Determined by E3-01

(200 V Class: 0.0 - 255.0

400 V Class: 0.0 - 510.0

Determined by E3-01

(0.0 - E3-04)

Determined by E3-01

(0.0 - E3-04)

Determined by E3-01

(200 V Class: 0.0 - 255.0

400 V Class: 0.0 - 510.0

Determined by E3-01

(0.0 - E3-04)

Determined by E3-01

(200 V Class: 0.0 - 255.0

400 V Class: 0.0 - 510.0

0.0 Hz

(0.0 - E3-04)

0.0 V

(200 V Class: 0.0 to 255.0

V, 400 V Class: 0.0 to

510.0 V)

0.0 V

(200 V Class: 0.0 to 255.0

V, 400 V Class: 0.0 to

510.0 V)

Ref.

254

255

◆ E4: Motor 2 Parameters

No.

(Hex.)

E4-01

(0321)

E4-02

(0322)

E4-03

(0323)

E4-04

(0324)

E4-05

(0325)

E4-06

(0326)

E4-07

(0343)

E4-08

(0344)

E4-09

(033F)

Expert

Name Description

Motor 2 Rated Current

Sets the motor rated current for motor 2 in amps.

Motor 2 Rated Slip

Sets the motor rated slip for motor 2.

Motor 2 Rated No-Load Current

Sets the no-load current for motor 2 in amps when operating at the rated frequency and the no-load voltage.

Motor 2 Motor Poles

Sets the number of poles for motor 2.

Motor 2 Line-to-Line Resistance

Motor 2 Leakage Inductance

Motor 2 Saturation Coefficient 1

Motor 2 Saturation Coefficient 2

Sets the line-to-line resistance for the motor 2 stator windings.

Sets the voltage drop from motor 2 leakage inductance as a percentage of Motor Rated Voltage when motor 2 operates at the rated frequency and rated current.

Sets the motor 2 iron-core saturation coefficient at 50% of the magnetic flux.

Sets the motor 2 iron-core saturation coefficient at 75% of the magnetic flux.

Motor 2 Mechanical Loss

Sets the mechanical loss of motor 2. It is set as a percentage of E4-11 [Motor 2 Rated Power]. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

Default

(Range)

Determined by o2-04,

C6-01

(10% to 200% of the

drive rated current)

Determined by o2-04,

C6-01

(0.000 - 20.000 Hz)

Determined by o2-04,

C6-01

(0 to E4-01)

(2 - 120)

Determined by o2-04,

C6-01

(0.000 - 65.000 Ω)

Determined by o2-04,

C6-01

(0.0 - 60.0%)

0.50

(0.00 - 0.50)

0.75

(E4-07 - 0.75)

0.0%

(0.0 - 10.0%)

Ref.

255

256

257

36 YASKAWA TOEPYAIGA5002A GA500 Programming

1.8 E: Motor Parameters

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

No.

(Hex.)

E4-10

(0340)

E4-11

(0327)

Name Description

Motor 2 Iron Loss

Sets the motor iron loss for motor 2.

Motor 2 Rated Power

Sets the motor rated power in the units from o1-58 [Motor Power Unit Selection].

◆ E5: PM Motor Settings

No.

(Hex.)

E5-01

(0329)

E5-02

(032A)

E5-03

(032B)

E5-04

(032C)

E5-05

(032D)

E5-06

(032E)

E5-07

(032F)

E5-09

(0331)

E5-24

(0353)

E5-25

(035E)

Expert

Name Description

PM Motor Code Selection

Sets the motor code for Yaskawa PM motors. The drive uses the motor code to automatically set some parameters to their correct settings.

PM Motor Rated Power

Sets the PM motor rated output in the units from o1-58 [Motor Power Unit Selection].

Motor Rated Current (FLA)

Sets the PM motor rated current (FLA).

PM Motor Pole Count

Sets the number of PM motor poles.

Note:

When A1-02 = 5, 6 or 8 [OLV/PM, AOLV/PM or EZOLV], the maximum value is 48.

PM Motor Resistance (ohms/phase)

PM d-axis Inductance (mH/phase)

PM q-axis Inductance (mH/phase)

PM Back-EMF Vpeak (mV/(rad/s))

PM Back-EMF L-L Vrms (mV/rpm)

Polarity Estimation Timeout

Sets the resistance per phase of a PM motor. Set 50% of the line-to-line resistance.

Sets the PM motor d-axis inductance.

Sets the PM motor q-axis inductance.

Sets the peak value of PM motor induced voltage.

Sets the RMS value for PM motor line voltage.

Sets the function that switches polarity for initial polarity estimation. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

0 : Disabled

1 : Enabled

Default

(Range)

Determined by o2-04,

C6-01

(0 - 65535 W)

Determined by o2-04,

C6-01

(0.00 - 650.00 HP)

Default

(Range)

FFFF

(0000 - FFFF)

Determined by o2-04,

C6-01

(0.10 - 30.00 kW)

Determined by o2-04,

C6-01

(10% to 200% of the

drive rated current)

(2 - 120)

0.100 Ω

(0.000 - 65.000 Ω)

1.00 mH

(0.00 - 300.00 mH)

1.00 mH

(0.00 - 600.00 mH)

0.0 mV/(rad/sec)

(0.0 - 2000.0 mV/(rad/s))

200 V class: 100.0 mV/

400 V class: 200.0 mV/

min

-1

(0.0 - 6500.0 mV/min-1)

(0, 1)

Ref.

257

Ref.

258

259

260

◆ E9: Motor Setting

No.

(Hex.)

E9-01

(11E4)

Name Description

Motor Type Selection

Sets the type of motor.

Default

(Range)

(0 to 2)

Ref.

260

0 : Induction (IM)

1 : Permanent Magnet (PM)

2 : Synchronous Reluctance (SynRM)

E9-02

(11E5)

E9-03

(11E6)

E9-04

(11E7)

Maximum Speed

Rated Speed

Base Frequency

Sets the maximum speed of the motor.

Sets the rated rotation speed of the motor.

Sets the rated frequency of the motor.

Determined by E9-01

(40.0 - 120.0 Hz)

Determined by E9-01

(100 - 7200 min

-1

Determined by E9-01

(40.0 - 120.0 Hz)

260

261

)

261

YASKAWA TOEPYAIGA5002A GA500 Programming 37

Parameter List

1.8 E: Motor Parameters

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

No.

(Hex.)

E9-05

(11E8)

E9-06

(11E9)

E9-07

(11EA)

E9-08

(11EB)

E9-09

(11EC)

E9-10

(11ED)

Name Description

Motor Rated Voltage

Sets the rated voltage of the motor.

Motor Rated Current (FLA)

Sets the motor rated current in amps.

Motor Rated Power

Sets the motor rated output in the units from o1-58 [Motor Power Unit Selection].

Motor Pole Count

Sets the number of motor poles.

Motor Rated Slip

Sets the motor rated slip.

Motor Line-to-Line Resistance

Sets the line-to-line resistance for the motor stator windings.

Default

(Range)

200 V Class: 230.0 V, 400

V: 460.0 V

(200 V Class: 0.0 - 255.0

V,400 V Class: 0.0 -

510.0 V)

Determined by E9-01 and

o2-04

(10% to 200% of the

drive rated current)

Determined by E9-02 and

o2-04

(0.00 - 650.00 kW)

(2 to 120)

0.000 Hz

(0.000 - 20.000 Hz)

Determined by o2-04

(0.000 - 65.000 Ω)

Ref.

261

262

38 YASKAWA TOEPYAIGA5002A GA500 Programming

1.9 F: Options

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

◆ F1: Fault Detection in PG Speed Control

1.9 F: Options

No.

(Hex.)

F1-02

(0381)

F1-03

(0382)

F1-04

(0383)

F1-08

(0387)

F1-09

(0388)

F1-10

(0389)

Name Description

Encoder Signal Loss Detect Sel

Sets the method to stop the motor or let the motor continue operating when the drive detects PGo [Encoder (PG) Feedback Loss].

0 : Ramp to Stop

1 : Coast to Stop

2 : Fast Stop (Use C1-09)

3 : Alarm Only

4 : No Alarm Display

Note:

When A1-02 = 0 [Control Method Selection = V/f], set H6-01 = 3 [Terminal RP Pulse Train Function = Speed Feedback (V/F Control)] to enable this parameter.

Overspeed Detection Selection

Sets the method to stop the motor or let the motor continue to operate when the drive detects oS [Overspeed].

0 : Ramp to Stop

1 : Coast to Stop

2 : Fast Stop (Use C1-09)

3 : Alarm Only

Note:

When A1-02 = 0 [Control Method Selection = V/f], set H6-01 = 3 [Terminal RP Pulse Train Function = Speed Feedback (V/F Control)] to enable this parameter.

Speed Deviation Detection Select

Sets the method to stop the motor or let the motor continue to operate when the drive detects dEv [Speed Deviation].

0 : Ramp to Stop

1 : Coast to Stop

2 : Fast Stop (Use C1-09)

3 : Alarm Only

Note:

When A1-02 = 0 [Control Method Selection = V/f], set H6-01 = 3 [Terminal RP Pulse Train Function = Speed Feedback (V/F Control)] to enable this parameter.

Overspeed Detection Level

Sets the detection level of oS [Overspeed] as a percentage when the maximum output frequency is 100%.

Note:

• Parameter A1-02 [Control Method Selection] selects which parameter is the

maximum output frequency.

–A1-02 ≠ 8 [EZOLV]: E1-04 [Maximum Output Frequency] –A1-02 = 8: E9-02 [Motor Max Revolutions]

• When A1-02 = 0 [Control Method Selection = V/f], set H6-01 = 3 [Terminal RP

Pulse Train Function = Speed Feedback (V/F Control)] to enable this parameter.

Overspeed Detection Delay Time

Sets the length of time that the speed feedback must be more than the F1-08 level to cause oS [Overspeed].

Note:

When A1-02 = 0 [Control Method Selection = V/f], set H6-01 = 3 [Terminal RP Pulse Train Function = Speed Feedback (V/F Control)] to enable this parameter.

Speed Deviation Detection Level

Sets the detection level of dEv [Speed Deviation] as a percentage when the maximum output frequency is 100%.

Note:

• Parameter A1-02 [Control Method Selection] selects which parameter is the

maximum output frequency.

–A1-02 ≠ 8 [EZOLV]: E1-04 [Maximum Output Frequency] –A1-02 = 8: E9-02 [Maximum Speed]

• When A1-02 = 0 [Control Method Selection = V/f], set H6-01 = 3 [Terminal RP

Pulse Train Function = Speed Feedback (V/F Control)] to enable this parameter.

Default

(Range)

(0 - 4)

(0 - 3)

115%

(0 - 120%)

Determined by A1-02

(0.0 - 2.0 s)

10%

(0 - 50%)

Ref.

263

264

265

Parameter List

YASKAWA TOEPYAIGA5002A GA500 Programming 39

1.9 F: Options

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

No.

(Hex.)

F1-11

(038A)

Name Description

Speed Deviation Detect DelayTime

Sets the length of time that the difference between the frequency reference and speed feedback must be more than the level in F1-10 to cause dEv [Speed Deviation].

Note:

When A1-02 = 0 [Control Method Selection = V/f], set H6-01 = 3 [Terminal RP Pulse Train Function = Speed Feedback (V/F Control)] to enable this parameter.

F1-14

(038D)

Encoder Open-Circuit Detect Time

Sets the length of time that the drive must not receive a pulse signal to cause PGo [Encoder (PG) Feedback Loss].

Note:

Motor speed and load conditions can cause ov [Overvoltage] and oC [Overcurrent] faults.

When A1-02 = 0 [Control Method Selection = V/f], set H6-01 = 3 [Terminal RP Pulse Train Function = Speed Feedback (V/F Control)] to enable this parameter.

◆ F6: Communication Options

No.

(Hex.)

F6-01

(03A2)

F6-02

(03A3)

F6-03

(03A4)

F6-04

(03A5)

F6-06

(03A7)

F6-07

(03A8)

F6-08

(036A)

Name Description

Communication Error Selection

Sets the method to stop the motor or let the motor continue operating when the drive detects bUS [Option Communication Error].

0 : Ramp to Stop

1 : Coast to Stop

2 : Fast Stop (Use C1-09)

3 : Alarm Only

4 : Alarm (Run at d1-04)

5 : Alarm - Ramp Stop

Comm External Fault (EF0) Detect

Sets the conditions at which EF0 [Option Card External Fault] is detected.

0 : Always Detected

1 : Detected during RUN Only

Comm External Fault (EF0) Select

Sets the method to stop the motor or let the motor continue operating when the drive detects EF0 [Option Card External Fault].

0 : Ramp to Stop

1 : Coast to Stop

2 : Fast Stop (Use C1-09)

3 : Alarm Only

bUS Error Detection Time

Sets the delay time for the drive to detect bUS [Option Communication Error].

Note:

When you install a CC-Link option (SI-C3) to the drive, the setting value changes to

0.0 s.

Torque Reference/Limit by Comm

Sets the function that enables and disables the torque reference and torque limit received from the communication option.

0 : Disabled

1 : Enabled

Multi-Step Ref @ NetRef/ComRef

Sets the function that enables and disables the multi-step speed reference when the freqency reference source is NetRef or ComRef (communication option card or MEMOBUS/Modbus communications).

0 : Disable Multi-Step References

1 : Enable Multi-Step References

Comm Parameter Reset @Initialize

Sets the function to initialize F6-xx and F7-xx parameters when the drive is initialized with A1-03 [Initialize Parameters].

0 : No Reset - Parameters Retained

1 : Reset Back to Factory Default

Default

(Range)

0.5 s

(0.0 - 10.0 s)

2.0 s

(0.0 - 10.0 s)

Default

(Range)

(0 - 5)

(0, 1)

(0 - 3)

2.0 s

(0.0 - 12.0 s)

(0, 1)

Ref.

265

Ref.

271

272

273

40 YASKAWA TOEPYAIGA5002A GA500 Programming

1.9 F: Options

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

No.

(Hex.)

F6-10

(03B6)

F6-11

(03B7)

F6-14

(03BB)

F6-15

(0B5B)

F6-16

(0B8A)

F6-20

(036B)

F6-21

(036C)

F6-22

(036D)

F6-23

(036E)

F6-24

(036F)

Name Description

CC-Link Node Address

Sets the node address for CC-Link communication. Restart the drive after you change the parameter setting.

Note:

Be sure to set a node address that is different than all other node addresses. Do not set this parameter to 0. Incorrect parameter settings will cause AEr [Station Address Setting Error] errors and the L.ERR LED on the option will come on.

CC-Link Communication Speed

Sets the communication speed for CC-Link communication. Restart the drive after you change the parameter setting.

0 : 156 kbps

1 : 625 kbps

2 : 2.5 Mbps

3 : 5 Mbps

4 : 10 Mbps

BUS Error Auto Reset

Sets the automatic reset function for bUS [Option Communication Errors].

0 : Disabled

1 : Enabled

Comm. Option Parameters Reload

Sets the update method when you change F6-xx, F7-xx [Communication Options].

0 : Reload at Next Power Cycle

1 : Reload Now

2 : Cancel Reload Request

Gateway Mode

Sets the gateway mode operation and the number of connected slave drives.

0 : Disabled

1 : Enabled: 1 Slave Drives

2 : Enabled: 2 Slave Drives

3 : Enabled: 3 Slave Drives

4 : Enabled: 4 Slave Drives

MECHATROLINK Station Address

Sets the station address for MECHATROLINK communication. Change the parameter then cycle power on the drive.

Note:

• The setting range changes if using MECHATROLINK-II or MECHATROLINK-III: –MECHATROLINK-II (SI-T3) range: 20 - 3F

–MECHATROLINK-III (SI-ET3) range: 03 - EF

• Be sure to set a node address that is different than all other node addresses. Incorrect

parameter settings will cause AEr [Station Address Setting Error] errors and the L. ERR LED on the option will come on.

• The drive detects AEr errors when the station address is 20 or 3F.

MECHATROLINK Frame Size

Sets the frame size for MECHATROLINK communication. Restart the drive after you change the parameter setting.

0 : 32byte (M-2) / 64byte (M-3)

1 : 17byte (M-2) / 32byte (M-3)

MECHATROLINK Link Speed

Sets the communications speed for MECHATROLINK-II. Restart the drive after you change the parameter setting.

Note:

This parameter is only available with the MECHATROLINK-II option.

0 : 10 Mbps

1 : 4 Mbps

MECHATROLINK Monitor Select (E)

MECHATROLINK Monitor Select (F)

Sets the MEMOBUS register used for the monitor functions of INV_CTL (drive operation control command) and INV_I/O (drive I/O control command). Restart the drive after you change the parameter setting.

Default

(Range)

(0 - 64)

(0 - 4)

(0, 1)

(0 - 2)

(0 to 4)

0021h

(MECHATROLINK-II:

0020h - 003Fh,

MECHATROLINK-III:

0003h - 00EFh)

(0, 1)

0000h

(0000h - FFFFh)

0000h

(0000h - FFFFh)

Ref.

273

274

275

Parameter List

275

YASKAWA TOEPYAIGA5002A GA500 Programming 41

1.9 F: Options

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

No.

(Hex.)

F6-25

(03C9)

F6-26

(03CA)

F6-30

(03CB)

F6-31

(03CC)

F6-32

(03CD)

F6-35

(03D0)

F6-36

(03D1)

F6-50

(03C1)

F6-51

(03C2)

F6-52

(03C3)

Name Description

MECHATROLINK Watchdog Error Sel

Sets the method to stop the motor or let the motor continue operating when the drive detects E5 [MECHATROLINK Watchdog Timer Err].

0 : Ramp to Stop

1 : Coast to Stop

2 : Fast Stop (Use C1-09)

3 : Alarm Only

MECHATROLINK Allowable No of Err

PROFIBUS-DP Node Address

Sets the number of times that the option must detect a bUS alarm to cause a bUS [Option Communication Error].

Sets the node address for PROFIBUS-DP communication. Restart the drive after you change the parameter setting.

Note:

Be sure to set an address that is different than all other node addresses. Do not set this parameter to 0.

PROFIBUS-DP Clear Mode Selection

Sets what the drive will do after it receives the Clear Mode command.

0 : Reset

1 : Hold Previous State

PROFIBUS-DP Data Format Select

Sets the data format of PROFIBUS-DP communication. Restart the drive after you change the parameter setting.

0 : PPO Type

1 : Conventional

2 : PPO (bit0)

3 : PPO (Enter)

4 : Conventional (Enter)

5 : PPO (bit0, Enter)

CANopen Node ID Selection

Sets the node address for CANopen communication. Restart the drive after you change the parameter setting.

Note:

Be sure to set an address that is different than all other node addresses. Do not set this parameter to 0. Incorrect parameter settings will cause AEr [Station Address Setting Error] errors and the L.ERR LED on the option will come on.

CANopen Communication Speed

Sets the CANopen communications speed. Restart the drive after you change the parameter setting.

0 : Detect Automatically

1 : 10 kbps

2 : 20 kbps

3 : 50 kbps

4 : 125 kbps

5 : 250 kbps

6 : 500 kbps

7 : 800 kbps

8 : 1 Mbps

DeviceNet MAC Address

Sets the MAC address for DeviceNet communication. Restart the drive after you change the parameter setting.

Note:

Be sure to set a MAC address that is different than all other node addresses. Do not set this parameter to 0. Incorrect parameter settings will cause AEr [Station Address Setting Error] errors and the MS LED on the option will flash.

DeviceNet Baud Rate

Sets the DeviceNet communications speed. Restart the drive after you change the parameter setting.

0 : 125 kbps

1 : 250 kbps

2 : 500 kbps

3 : Adjustable from Network

4 : Detect Automatically

DeviceNet PCA Setting

Sets the format of data that the DeviceNet communication master sends to the drive.

Default

(Range)

(0 - 3)

(2 - 10 times)

(0 - 125)

(0, 1)

(0 - 5)

(0 - 126)

(0 - 8)

(0 - 64)

(0 - 4)

(0 - 255)

Ref.

275

276

277

278

42 YASKAWA TOEPYAIGA5002A GA500 Programming

1.9 F: Options

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

No.

(Hex.)

F6-53

(03C4)

F6-54

(03C5)

F6-55

(03C6)

F6-56

(03D7)

F6-57

(03D8)

F6-58

(03D9)

F6-59

(03DA)

F6-60

(03DB)

F6-61

(03DC)

F6-62

(03DD)

F6-63

(03DE)

F6-64 to F6-67

(03DF - 03E2)

F6-68 to F6-71

(03E3, 03E4,

03C7, and

03C8)

F6-72

(081B)

Name Description

DeviceNet PPA Setting

Sets the format of data that the drive sends to the DeviceNet communication master.

DeviceNet Idle Fault Detection

Sets the function to detect EF0 [Option Card External Fault] when the drive does not receive data from the DeviceNet master.

0 : Enabled

1 : Disabled, No Fault Detection

2 : Vendor Specific

3 : RUN Forward

4 : Reverse run

DeviceNet Baud Rate Monitor

Sets the function to see the actual DeviceNet communications speed using the keypad. This parameter functions as a monitor only.

0 : 125 kbps

1 : 250 kbps

2 : 500 kbps

DeviceNet Speed Scaling

Sets the speed scale for DeviceNet communication.

DeviceNet Current Scaling

DeviceNet Torque Scaling

Sets the current scale of the DeviceNet communication master.

Sets the torque scale of the DeviceNet communication master.

DeviceNet Power Scaling

Sets the power scale of the DeviceNet communication master.

DeviceNet Voltage Scaling

Sets the voltage scale of the DeviceNet communication master.

DeviceNet Time Scaling

Sets the time scale of the DeviceNet communication master.

DeviceNet Heartbeat Interval

DeviceNet Network MAC ID

Dynamic Out Assembly 109 Param 1 to 4

Dynamic In Assembly 159 Param 1 to 4

Sets the heartbeat for DeviceNet communication. Set this parameter to 0 to disable the heartbeat function.

Sets the function to see the actual DeviceNet MAC address using the keypad. This parameter functions as a monitor only.

Sets Configurable Outputs 1 to 4 written to the MEMOBUS register.

Sets Configurable Inputs 1 to 4 read from the MEMOBUS register.

PowerLink Node Address

Sets the node ID for PowerLink communication.

Note:

Be sure to set an address that is different than all other node addresses. Do not set this parameter to 0.

Default

(Range)

(0 - 255)

(0 - 4)

(0 - 2)

(-15 - +15)

(0 - 10)

(0 - 63)

0000h

(0000h - FFFFh)

0000h

(0000h - FFFFh)

(0 - 255)

Ref.

278

279

280

Parameter List

YASKAWA TOEPYAIGA5002A GA500 Programming 43

1.9 F: Options

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

◆ F7: Communication Options

No.

(Hex.)

F7-01

(03E5)

F7-02

(03E6)

F7-03

(03E7)

F7-04

(03E8)

F7-05

(03E9)

F7-06

(03EA)

F7-07

(03EB)

F7-08

(03EC)

F7-09

(03ED)

F7-10

(03EE)

F7-11

(03EF)

Name Description

IP Address 1

Sets the first octet of the IP Address for the device that is connecting to the network. Restart the drive after you change this parameter.

Note:

When F7-13 = 0 [Address Mode at Startup = Static]:

• Use parameters F7-01 to F7-04 [IP Address 4] to set the IP Address. Be sure to set a

different IP address for each drive on the network.

• Also set parameters F7-01 to F7-12.

IP Address 2

Sets the second octet of the IP Address for the device that is connecting to the network. Restart the drive after you change this parameter.

Note:

When F7-13 = 0 [Address Mode at Startup = Static]:

• Use parameters F7-01 to F7-04 [IP Address 4] to set the IP Address. Be sure to set a

different IP address for each drive on the network.

• Also set parameters F7-01 to F7-12.

IP Address 3

Sets the third octet of the IP Address for the device that is connecting to the network. Restart the drive after you change this parameter.

Note:

When F7-13 = 0 [Address Mode at Startup = Static]:

• Use parameters F7-01 to F7-04 [IP Address 4] to set the IP Address. Be sure to set a

different IP address for each drive on the network.

• Also set parameters F7-01 to F7-12.

IP Address 4

Sets the fourth octet of the IP Address for the device that is connecting to the network. Restart the drive after you change this parameter.

Note:

When F7-13 = 0 [Address Mode at Startup = Static]:

• Use parameters F7-01 to F7-04 [IP Address 4] to set the IP Address. Be sure to set a

different IP address for each drive on the network.

• Also set parameters F7-01 to F7-12.

Subnet Mask 1

Sets the first octet of the subnet mask of the connected network.

Note:

Set this parameter when F7-13 = 0 [Address Mode at Startup = Static].

Subnet Mask 2

Sets the second octet of the subnet mask of the connected network.

Note:

Set this parameter when F7-13 = 0 [Address Mode at Startup = Static].

Subnet Mask 3

Sets the third octet of the subnet mask of the connected network.

Note:

Set this parameter when F7-13 = 0 [Address Mode at Startup = Static].

Subnet Mask 4

Sets the fourth octet of the subnet mask of the connected network.

Note:

Set this parameter when F7-13 = 0 [Address Mode at Startup = Static].

Gateway Address 1

Sets the first octet of the gateway address of the connected network.

Note:

Set this parameter when F7-13 = 0 [Address Mode at Startup = Static].

Gateway Address 2

Sets the second octet of the gateway address of the connected network.

Note:

Set this parameter when F7-13 = 0 [Address Mode at Startup = Static].

Gateway Address 3

Sets the third octet of the gateway address of the connected network.

Note:

Set this parameter when F7-13 = 0 [Address Mode at Startup = Static].

Default

(Range)

192

(0 - 255)

168

(0 - 255)

255

(0 - 255)

255

(0 - 255)

255

(0 - 255)

192

(0 - 255)

168

(0 - 255)

Ref.

280

281

44 YASKAWA TOEPYAIGA5002A GA500 Programming

1.9 F: Options

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

No.

(Hex.)

F7-12

(03F0)

F7-13

(03F1)

F7-14

(03F2)

F7-15

(03F3)

F7-16

(03F4)

F7-17

(03F5)

F7-18

(03F6)

F7-19

(03F7)

F7-20

(03F8)

F7-21

(03F9)

F7-22

(03FA)

F7-23

(03FB)

F7-24

(03FC)

Name Description

Gateway Address 4

Sets the fourth octet of the gateway address of the connected network.

Note:

Set this parameter when F7-13 = 0 [Address Mode at Startup = Static].

Address Mode at Startup

Sets the method to set option card IP addresses.

0 : Static

1 : BOOTP

2 : DHCP

Note:

• The following setting values are available when using the PROFINET communication option card (SI-EP3).

–0: Static –2: DHCP

• When F7-13 = 0, set parameters F7-01 to F7-12 [IP Address 1 to Gateway Address

4] to set the IP Address. Be sure to set a different IP address for each drive on the network.

Duplex Mode Selection

Sets the duplex mode setting method.

0 : Half/Half

1 : Auto/Auto

2 : Full/Full

3 : Half/Auto

4 : Half/Full

5 : Auto/Half

6 : Auto/Full

7 : Full/Half

8 : Full/Auto

Communication Speed Selection

Sets the communications speed.

10 : 10/10 Mbps

100 : 100/100 Mbps

101 : 10/100 Mbps

102 : 100/10 Mbps

Timeout Value

Sets the detection time for a communications timeout.

Note:

Set this parameter to 0.0 to disable the connection timeout function.

EtherNet/IP Speed Scaling Factor

EtherNet/IP Current Scale Factor

EtherNet/IP Torque Scale Factor

EtherNet/IP Power Scaling Factor

EtherNet/IP Voltage Scale Factor

Sets the scaling factor for the speed monitor in the EtherNet/IP Class ID 2AH Object.

Sets the scaling factor for the output current monitor in the EtherNet/IP Class ID 2AH Object.

Sets the scaling factor for the torque monitor in the EtherNet/IP Class ID 2AH Object.

Sets the scaling factor for the power monitor in the EtherNet/IP Class ID 2AH Object.

Sets the scaling factor for the voltage monitor in the EtherNet/IP Class ID 2AH Object.

EtherNet/IP Time Scaling

Sets the scaling factor for the time monitor in the EtherNet/IP Class ID 2AH Object.

Dynamic Out Param 1 for CommCard

Dynamic Out Param 2 for CommCard

Sets Output Assembly 116 when you use an Ethernet/IP option. The drive writes the values from Output Assembly 116 to the MEMOBUS/Modbus address register that is stored for each parameter. The drive will not write the values from Output Assembly 116 to the registers when the MEMOBUS/Modbus address is 0. When you use a ProfiNet option, set this parameter to set to configurable output 1.

Default

(Range)

(0 - 255)

(0 - 2)

(0 - 8)

(10, 100 - 102)

0.0 s

(0.0 - 30.0 s)

(-15 - +15)

0 284

Ref.

282

283

Parameter List

YASKAWA TOEPYAIGA5002A GA500 Programming 45

1.9 F: Options

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

No.

(Hex.)

F7-25

(03FD)

F7-26

(03FE)

F7-27

(03FF)

F7-28

(0370)

F7-29

(0371)

F7-30

(0372)

F7-31

(0373)

F7-32

(0374)

F7-33

(0375)

F7-34

(0376)

F7-35

(0377)

F7-36

(0378)

F7-37

(0379)

Name Description

Dynamic Out Param 3 for CommCard

Dynamic Out Param 4 for CommCard

Dynamic Out Param 5 for CommCard

Dynamic Out Param 6 for CommCard

Dynamic Out Param 7 for CommCard

Dynamic Out Param 8 for CommCard

Dynamic Out Param 9 for CommCard

Dynamic Out Param 10 for CommCard

Dynamic In Param 1 for CommCard

Dynamic In Param 2 for CommCard

Dynamic In Param 3 for CommCard

Dynamic In Param 4 for CommCard

Dynamic In Param 5 for CommCard

Sets Input Assembly 166 when you use an Ethernet/IP option. The drive sends the values from the MEMOBUS/Modbus address registers stored for each parameter to Input Assembly 166. The drive returns the default register value for the option card when the MEMOBUS/Modbus address is 0 and the value sent to Input Assembly 166 is not defined. When you use a ProfiNet option, set this parameter to set to configurable input 1.

Default

(Range)

0 284

Ref.

46 YASKAWA TOEPYAIGA5002A GA500 Programming

1.9 F: Options

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

No.

(Hex.)

F7-38

(037A)

F7-39

(037B)

F7-40

(037C)

F7-41

(037D)

F7-42

(037E)

F7-60

(0780)

F7-61

(0781)

F7-62

(0782)

F7-63

(0783)

F7-64

(0784)

F7-65

(0785)

F7-66

(0786)

F7-67

(0787)

F7-68

(0788)

F7-69

(0789)

F7-70

(078A)

F7-71

(078B)

Name Description

Dynamic In Param 6 for CommCard

Dynamic In Param 7 for CommCard

Dynamic In Param 8 for CommCard

Dynamic In Param 9 for CommCard

Dynamic In Param 10 for CommCard

PZD1 Write (Control Word)

PZD2 Write (Frequency Reference)

When you use a Profibus option, sets the MEMOBUS/Modbus address for PZD1 (PPO output). PZD1 (PPO output) functions as the STW when F7-60 = 0 to 2.

When you use a Profibus option, sets the MEMOBUS/Modbus address for PZD2 (PPO output). PZD2 (PPO output) functions as the HSW when F7-61 = 0 to 2.

PZD3 Write

When you use a Profibus option, sets the MEMOBUS/Modbus address for PZD3 (PPO output). A value of 0, 1, or 2 will disable the PZD3 (PPO output) write operation to the MEMOBUS/Modbus register.

PZD4 Write

When you use a Profibus option, sets the MEMOBUS/Modbus address for PZD4 (PPO output). A value of 0, 1, or 2 will disable the PZD4 (PPO output) write operation to the MEMOBUS/Modbus register.

PZD5 Write

When you use a Profibus option, sets the MEMOBUS/Modbus address for PZD5 (PPO output). A value of 0, 1, or 2 will disable the PZD5 (PPO output) write operation to the MEMOBUS/Modbus register.

PZD6 Write

When you use a Profibus option, sets the MEMOBUS/Modbus address for PZD6 (PPO output). A value of 0, 1, or 2 will disable the PZD6 (PPO output) write operation to the MEMOBUS/Modbus register.

PZD7 Write

When you use a Profibus option, sets the MEMOBUS/Modbus address for PZD7 (PPO output). A value of 0, 1, or 2 will disable the PZD7 (PPO output) write operation to the MEMOBUS/Modbus register.

PZD8 Write

When you use a Profibus option, sets the MEMOBUS/Modbus address for PZD8 (PPO output). A value of 0, 1, or 2 will disable the PZD8 (PPO output) write operation to the MEMOBUS/Modbus register.

PZD9 Write

When you use a Profibus option, sets the MEMOBUS/Modbus address for PZD9 (PPO output). A value of 0, 1, or 2 will disable the PZD9 (PPO output) write operation to the MEMOBUS/Modbus register.

PZD10 Write

When you use a Profibus option, sets the MEMOBUS/Modbus address for PZD10 (PPO output). A value of 0, 1, or 2 will disable the PZD10 (PPO output) write operation to the MEMOBUS/Modbus register.

PZD1 Read (Status Word)

When you use a Profibus option, sets the MEMOBUS/Modbus address for PZD1 (PPO input). PZD1 (PPO input) functions as the ZSW when F7-70 = 0.

PZD2 Read (Output Frequency)

When you use a Profibus option, sets the MEMOBUS/Modbus address for PZD2 (PPO input). PZD2 (PPO input) functions as the HIW when F7-71 = 0.

Default

(Range)

0 284

0 285

Ref.

Parameter List

YASKAWA TOEPYAIGA5002A GA500 Programming 47

1.9 F: Options

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

No.

(Hex.)

F7-72

(078C)

F7-73

(078D)

F7-74

(078E)

F7-75

(078F)

F7-76

(0790)

F7-77

(0791)

F7-78

(0792)

F7-79

(0793)

Name Description

PZD3 Read

When you use a Profibus option, sets the MEMOBUS/Modbus address for PZD3 (PPO input). A value of 0 will disable the PZD3 (PPO input) load operation from the MEMOBUS/Modbus register.

PZD4 Read

When you use a Profibus option, sets the MEMOBUS/Modbus address for PZD4 (PPO input). A value of 0 will disable the PZD4 (PPO input) load operation from the MEMOBUS/Modbus register.

PZD5 Read

When you use a Profibus option, sets the MEMOBUS/Modbus address for PZD5 (PPO input). A value of 0 will disable the PZD5 (PPO input) load operation from the MEMOBUS/Modbus register.

PZD6 Read

When you use a Profibus option, sets the MEMOBUS/Modbus address for PZD6 (PPO input). A value of 0 will disable the PZD6 (PPO input) load operation from the MEMOBUS/Modbus register.

PZD7 Read

When you use a Profibus option, sets the MEMOBUS/Modbus address for PZD7 (PPO input). A value of 0 will disable the PZD7 (PPO input) load operation from the MEMOBUS/Modbus register.

PZD8 Read

When you use a Profibus option, sets the MEMOBUS/Modbus address for PZD8 (PPO input). A value of 0 will disable the PZD8 (PPO input) load operation from the MEMOBUS/Modbus register.

PZD9 Read

When you use a Profibus option, sets the MEMOBUS/Modbus address for PZD9 (PPO input). A value of 0 will disable the PZD9 (PPO input) load operation from the MEMOBUS/Modbus register.

PZD10 Read

When you use a Profibus option, sets the MEMOBUS/Modbus address for PZD10 (PPO input). A value of 0 will disable the PZD10 (PPO input) load operation from the MEMOBUS/Modbus register.

Default

(Range)

0 286

Ref.

48 YASKAWA TOEPYAIGA5002A GA500 Programming

1.10 H: Terminal Functions

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

◆ H1: Digital Inputs

1.10 H: Terminal Functions

No.

(Hex.)

H1-01

(0438)

H1-02

(0439)

H1-03

(0400)

H1-04

(0401)

H1-05

(0402)

H1-06

(0403)

H1-07

(0404)

H1-21

(0B70)

H1-22

(0B71)

H1-23

(0B72)

H1-24

(0B73)

H1-25

(0B74)

H1-26

(0B75)

H1-27

(0B76)

H1-40

(0B54)

H1-41

(0B55)

H1-42

(0B56)

Name Description

Terminal S1 Function Selection

Sets the function for MFDI terminal S1.

Note:

When you initialize the drive for 3-Wire Initialization [A1-03 = 3330], the default setting is F.

Terminal S2 Function Selection

Sets the function for MFDI terminal S2.

Note:

When you initialize the drive for 3-Wire Initialization [A1-03 = 3330], the default setting is F.

Terminal S3 Function Selection

Terminal S4 Function Selection

Terminal S5 Function Selection

Sets the function for MFDI terminal S3.

Sets the function for MFDI terminal S4.

Sets the function for MFDI terminal S5.

Note:

When you set 3-Wire Initialization [A1-03 = 3330] to initialize the drive, the default setting is 0.

Terminal S6 Function Selection

Sets the function for MFDI terminal S6.

Note:

When you set 3-Wire Initialization [A1-03 = 3330] to initialize the drive, the default setting is 3.

Terminal S7 Function Selection

Sets the function for MFDI terminal S7.

Note:

When you set 3-Wire Initialization [A1-03 = 3330] to initialize the drive, the default setting is 4.

Terminal S1 Function Selection 2

Terminal S2 Function Select 2

Terminal S3 Function Selection 2

Terminal S4 Function Selection 2

Terminal S5 Function Selection 2

Terminal S6 Function Selection 2

Terminal S7 Function Selection 2

Mbus Reg 15C0h bit0 Input Func

Mbus Reg 15C0h bit1 Input Func

Mbus Reg 15C0h bit2 Input Func

Sets the second function for MFDI terminal S1.

Sets the second function for MFDI terminal S2.

Sets the second function for MFDI terminal S3.

Sets the second function for MFDI terminal S4.

Sets the second function for MFDI terminal S5.

Sets the second function for MFDI terminal S6.

Sets the second function for MFDI terminal S7.

Sets MFDI function to set to bit 0 of the MEMOBUS register 15C0 (Hex.).

Sets MFDI function to set to bit 1 of the MEMOBUS register 15C0 (Hex.).

Sets MFDI function to set to bit 2 of the MEMOBUS register 15C0 (Hex.).

Default

(Range)

(1 - 1FF)

(0 - 1FF)

(1 - 19F)

Ref.

288

289

290

291

Parameter List

YASKAWA TOEPYAIGA5002A GA500 Programming 49

1.10 H: Terminal Functions

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

■ H1-xx: MFDI Setting Values

Setting Value Function Description Ref.

0 3-Wire Sequence

1 LOCAL/REMOTE

Selection

2 External Reference 1/2

Selection

3 Multi-Step Speed

Reference 1

4 Multi-Step Speed

Reference 2

5 Multi-Step Speed

Reference 3

6 Jog Reference Selection

7 Accel/Decel Time

Selection 1

8 Baseblock Command (N.

O.)

9 Baseblock Command (N.

C.)

A Accel/Decel Ramp Hold

B Overheat Alarm (oH2)

C Analog Terminal Enable

Selection

E ASR Integral Reset

F Not Used

10 Up Command

11 Down Command

12 Forward Jog

Sets the direction of motor rotation for 3-wire sequence.

Sets drive control for the keypad (LOCAL) or an external source (REMOTE).

ON : LOCAL

OFF : REMOTE

Sets the drive to use Run command source 1/2 or Reference command source 1/2 when in REMOTE Mode.

ON : b1-15 = [Frequency Reference Selection 2], b1-16 [Run Command Selection 2]

OFF : b1-01 = [Frequency Reference Selection 1], b1-02 [Run Command Selection 1]

Uses speed references d1-01 to d1-16 to set a multi-step speed reference.

Sets the drive to use the JOG Frequency Reference (JOG command) set in d1-17. The JOG Frequency Reference (JOG command) overrides Frequency References 1 to 16 (d1-01 to d1-16).

Sets the drive to use Acceleration/Deceleration Time 1 [C1-01, C1-02] or Acceleration/Deceleration Time 2 [C1-03, C1-04].

Sets the command that stops drive output and coasts the motor to stop when the input is ON.

ON : Baseblock (drive output stop)

OFF : Normal operation

Sets the command that stops drive output and coasts the motor to stop when the input terminal is OFF.

ON : Normal operation

OFF : Baseblock (drive output stop)

Momentarily pauses motor acceleration and deceleration when the terminal is turned ON, retains the output frequency that was stored in the drive at the time of the pause, and restarts motor operation.

Sets the drive to display an oH2 [Drive Overheat Warning] alarm when the input terminal is ON. The alarm does not have an effect on drive operation.

Sets the command that enables or disables the terminals selected in H3-14 [Analog Input Terminal Enable Sel].

ON : Input to the terminal selected with H3-14 is enabled

OFF : Input to the terminal selected with H3-14 is disabled

Sets the command to reset the integral value and use PI control or P control for the speed control loop.

ON : P control

OFF : PI control

Use this setting for unused terminals or to use terminals in through mode.

Sets the command to use a push button switch to increase the drive frequency reference. You must also set Setting 11 [Down Command].

ON : Increases the frequency reference.

OFF : Holds the current frequency reference.

Sets the command to use a push button switch to decrease the drive frequency reference. You must also set Setting 10 [Up Command].

ON : Decreases the frequency reference.

OFF : Holds the current frequency reference.

Sets the command to operate the motor in the forward direction at the Jog Frequency set in d1-17 [Jog Reference].

291

292

293

294

296

297

50 YASKAWA TOEPYAIGA5002A GA500 Programming

1.10 H: Terminal Functions

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

Setting Value Function Description Ref.

13 Reverse Jog

14 Fault Reset

15 Fast Stop (N.O.)

16 Motor 2 Selection

17 Fast Stop (N.C.)

18 Timer Function

19 PID Disable

1A Accel/Decel Time

Selection 2

1B Programming Lockout

1E Reference Sample Hold

20 to 2F External fault

30 PID Integrator Reset

31 PID Integrator Hold

32 Multi-Step Speed

Reference 4

34 PID Soft Starter Disable

Sets the command to operate the motor in reverse at the Jog Frequency set in d1-17 [Jog Reference].

Sets the command to reset the current fault when the Run command is inactive.

Note:

The drive ignores the fault reset command when the Run command is active. Remove the Run command before trying to reset a fault.

Sets the command to ramp to stop in the deceleration time set in C1-09 [Fast Stop Time] when the input terminal is activated while the drive is operating.

Sets the command for the drive to operate motor 1 or motor 2. Stop the motors before switching.

ON : Operate motor 2

OFF : Operate motor 1

Sets the command to ramp to stop in the deceleration time set in C1-09 [Fast Stop Time] when the input terminal is activated while the drive is operating.

Sets the command to start the timer function. Use this setting with Timer Output [H2-xx = 12].

Sets the command to disable PID control when b5-01 = 1 to 8 [PID Mode Setting = Enabled].

ON : PID control disabled

OFF : PID control enabled

Set this function and H1-xx = 7[Accel/Decel Time Selection 1] together. Sets the drive to use Acceleration/ Deceleration Time 3 [C1-05, C1-06] or Acceleration/Deceleration Time 4 [C1-07, C1-08].

Sets the command to prevent parameter changes when the terminal is OFF.

ON : Programming Lockout

OFF : Parameter Write Prohibit

Sets the command to sample the frequency reference at terminal A1 or A2, and hold the frequency reference at that frequency.

Sets a command to stop the drive when a failure or fault occurs on an external device.

20 : External Fault (NO-Always-Ramp)

21 : External Fault (NC-Always-Ramp)

22 : External Fault (NO-@Run-Ramp)

23 : External Fault (NC-@Run-Ramp)

24 : External Fault (NO-Always-Coast)

25 : External Fault (NC-Always-Coast)

26 : External Fault (NO-@Run-Coast)

27 : External Fault (NC-@Run-Coast)

28 : External Fault (NO-Always-FStop)

29 : External Fault (NC-Always-FStop)

2A : External Fault (NO-@Run-FStop)

2B : External Fault (NC-@Run-FStop)

2C : External Fault (NO-Always-Alarm)

2D : External Fault (NC-Always-Alarm)

2E : External Fault (NO-@Run-Alarm)

2F : External Fault (NC-@Run-Alarm)

Sets the command to reset and hold the PID control integral to 0 when the terminal is ON.

Sets the command to hold the integral value of the PID control while the terminal is activated.

Uses speed references d1-01 to d1-16 to set a multi-step speed reference.

Sets the PID soft starter function.

ON : No

OFF : Yes

297

298

299

300

301

Parameter List

YASKAWA TOEPYAIGA5002A GA500 Programming 51

1.10 H: Terminal Functions

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

Setting Value Function Description Ref.

35 PID Input (Error) Invert

3E PID Setpoint Selection 1

3F PID Setpoint Selection 2

40 Forward RUN (2-Wire)

41 Reverse RUN (2-Wire)

42 Run Command (2-Wire

43 FWD/REV (2-Wire

44 Add Offset Frequency 1

45 Add Offset Frequency 2

46 Add Offset Frequency 3

Sequence 2)

(d7-01)

(d7-02)

(d7-03)

47 Node Setup (CANopen)

60 DC Injection Braking

Command

61 Speed Search from Fmax

Sets the command to turn the terminal ON and OFF to switch the PID input level (polarity).

Set this function and H1-xx = 3F [PID Setpoint Selection 2] together. Sets the function to switch the PID setpoint to b5-58 to b5-60 [PID Setpoint 2 to 4].

Set this function and H1-xx = 3E [PID Setpoint Selection 1] at the same time. Sets the function to switch the PID setpoint to b5-58 to b5-60 [PID Setpoint 2 to 4].

Sets the Forward Run command for 2-wire sequence 1. Set this function and H1-xx = 41 [Reverse Run Command (2- Wire Seq)] at the same time.

ON : Forward Run

OFF : Run Stop

Note:

• If you activate the Forward Run command terminal and the Reverse Run command terminal, the drive will detect

minor fault/alarm EF [FWD/REV Run Command Input Error] and the motor will ramp to stop.

• Initialize the drive with a 2-wire sequence to set the Forward Run command to terminal S1.

• This function will not operate at the same time as H1-xx = 42, 43 [Run Command/FWD/REV Command (2-Wire

Seq 2)].

Sets the Forward Run command for 2-wire sequence 1. Set this function and H1-xx = 40 [Forward Run Command (2- Wire Seq)] at the same time.

ON : Reverse Run

OFF : Run Stop

Note:

• If you activate the Forward Run command terminal and the Reverse Run command terminal, the drive will detect

minor fault/alarm EF [FWD/REV Run Command Input Error] and the motor will ramp to stop.

• Initialize the drive with a 2-wire sequence to set the Reverse Run command to terminal S2.

• This function will not operate at the same time as H1-xx = 42, 43 [Run Command/FWD/REV Command (2-Wire

Seq 2)].

Sets the Run command for 2-wire sequence 2. Set this function and H1-xx = 43 [FWD/REV Command (2-Wire Seq 2)] at the same time.

ON : Run

OFF : Stop

Note:

This function will not operate at the same time as H1-xx = 40, 41 [Forward/Reverse Run Command (2-Wire Seq)].

Sets the direction of motor rotation for 2-wire sequence 2. Set this function and H1-xx = 42 [Run Command (2-Wire Sequence 2)] together.

ON : Reverse run

OFF : Forward run

Note:

This function will not operate at the same time as H1-xx = 40, 41 [Forward/Reverse Run Command (2-Wire Seq)].

Sets the function to add the offset frequency set in d7-01 [Offset Frequency 1] to the frequency reference when the terminal activates.

Sets the function to add the offset frequency set in d7-02 [Offset Frequency 2] to the frequency reference when the terminal activates.

Sets the function to add the offset frequency set in d7-03 [Offset Frequency 3] to the frequency reference when the terminal activates.

Sets the function in CANopen communications to start the Node Setup function to set the drive node address from the host controller.

Sets the command to use DC Injection Braking to stop the motor.

Note:

When A1-02 = 8 [Control Method Selection = EZOLV], this function is available with a PM motor.

Sets the function to start speed search using an external reference although b3-01 = 0 [Speed Search Selection at Start = Disabled].

Note:

The drive will detect oPE03 [Multi-Function Input Setting Err] when H1-xx = 61 and 62 are set at the same time.

302

303

304

52 YASKAWA TOEPYAIGA5002A GA500 Programming

1.10 H: Terminal Functions

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

Setting Value Function Description Ref.

62 Speed Search from Fref

63 Field Weakening

65 KEB Ride-Thru 1

66 KEB Ride-Thru 1

67 Communications Test

68 High Slip Braking (HSB)

Activate (N.C.)

Activate (N.O.)

Mode

Activate

6A Drive Enable

75 Up 2 Command

76 Down 2 Command

77 ASR Gain (C5-03) Select

7A KEB Ride-Thru 2

7B KEB Ride-Thru 2

7C Short Circuit Braking (N.

7D Short Circuit Braking (N.

Activate (N.C.)

Activate (N.O.)

O.)

C.)

Sets the function to use an external reference to start speed search although b3-01 = 0 [Speed Search Selection at Start = Disabled].

Note:

The drive will detect oPE03 [Multi-Function Input Setting Err] when H1-xx = 61 and 62 are set at the same time.

Sets the function to send the Field Weakening Level and Field Weakening Frequency Limit commands set in d6-01 [Field Weakening Level] and d6-02 [Field Weakening Frequency Limit] when the input terminal is activated.

Sets operation of the KEB1 function through the KEB Ride-Thru 1 (N.C.).

ON : Normal operation

OFF : Deceleration during momentary power loss

Sets operation of the KEB1 function through the KEB Ride-Thru 1 (N.O.).

ON : Deceleration during momentary power loss

OFF : Normal operation

Set the function for the drive to self-test RS-485 serial communications operation.

Sets the command to use high-slip braking to stop the motor.

Sets the function to show dnE [Drive Enabled] on the keypad and ignore Run commands when the terminal is OFF.

Sets the function to increase the frequency reference bias value to accelerate the motor when the terminal is activated. Set this function and H1-xx = 76 [Down 2 Command] together.

Note:

When you use this function, use d4-08 and d4-09 [Up/Down 2 Bias Upper Limit/Lower Limit] to set the optimal bias limit value.

Sets the function to decrease the frequency reference bias value to decelerate the motor when the terminal is activated. Set this function and H1-xx = 75 [Up 2 Command] at the same time.

Note:

When you use this function, use d4-08 and d4-09 [Up/Down 2 Bias Upper Limit/Lower Limit] to set the optimal bias limit value.

Sets the function to switch the ASR proportional gain set in C5-01 [ASR Proportional Gain 1] and C5-03 [ASR Proportional Gain 1/2].

ON : C5-03

OFF : C5-01

Sets operation of the KEB2 function through the KEB Ride-Thru 2 (N.C.).

ON : Normal operation

OFF : Deceleration during momentary power loss

Sets operation of the KEB2 function through the KEB Ride-Thru 2 (N.O.).

ON : Deceleration during momentary power loss

OFF : Normal operation

Sets operation of Short Circuit Braking (N.O.).

ON : Short Circuit Braking is enabled.

OFF : Normal operation

Note:

When A1-02 = 8 [Control Method Selection = EZOLV], this function is available only when you use a PM motor.

Sets operation of Short Circuit Braking (N.C.).

ON : Normal operation

OFF : Short Circuit Braking is enabled.

Note:

When A1-02 = 8 [Control Method Selection = EZOLV], this function is available only when you use a PM motor.

304

305

306

307

308

Parameter List

YASKAWA TOEPYAIGA5002A GA500 Programming 53

1.10 H: Terminal Functions

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

Setting Value Function Description Ref.

7E Reverse Rotation

Identifier

Set the motor rotation direction when you use Simple Closed Loop V/f Control method.

ON : Reverse run

OFF : Forward run

90 - 96 DWEZ Digital Inputs 1 to

Sets digital inputs used with DriveWorksEZ. Refer to the DriveWorksEZ online manual for more information.

9F DWEZ Disable

Sets operation of the DriveWorksEZ program saved in the drive.

ON : No

OFF : Yes

Note:

Set A1-07 = 2 [DriveWorksEZ Function Selection = Digital input] to enable this function.

101 to 19F Inverse Input of 1 to 9F Sets the function of the selected MFDI to operate inversely. To select the function, enter “1xx”, where the “xx” is the

function setting value.

Note:

You cannot use inverse input for all functions. Refer to Table 2.49 for more information.

◆ H2: Digital Outputs

308

309

No.

(Hex.)

H2-01

(040B)

H2-02

(040C)

H2-03

(040D)

H2-06

(0437)

H2-07

(0B3A)

H2-08

(0B3B)

H2-09

(0B3C)

H2-10

(0B3D)

H2-20

(1540)

H2-21

(1541)

H2-22

(1542)

Name Description

Term MA/MB-MC Function Selection

Sets the function set for MFDO terminal MA-MC or MB-MC.

Note:

Set this parameter to F when the terminal is not being used or to use the terminal in through mode.

Term P1-C1 Function Selection

Sets the function for MFDO terminal P1-C1.

Note:

Set this parameter to F when the terminal is not being used or to use the terminal in through mode.

Term P2-C2 Function Selection

Sets the function for MFDO terminal P2-C2.

Note:

Set this parameter to F when the terminal is not being used or to use the terminal in through mode.

Watt Hour Output Unit Selection

Sets the unit for the output signal when H2-01 to H2-03 = 39 [MFDO Function Selection = Watt Hour Pulse Output].

0 : 0.1 kWh units

1 : 1 kWh units

2 : 10 kWh units

3 : 100 kWh units

4 : 1000 kWh units

Modbus Register 1 Address Select

Modbus Register 1 Bit Select

Modbus Register 2 Address Select

Modbus Register 2 Bit Select

Comparator 1 Monitor Selection

Comparator 1 Lower Limit

Comparator 1 Upper Limit

Sets the address of the MEMOBUS/Modbus register output to the MFDO terminal.

Sets the bit of the MEMOBUS/Modbus register output to the MFDO terminal.

Sets the address of the MEMOBUS/Modbus register output to the MFDO terminal.

Sets the bit of the MEMOBUS/Modbus register output to the MFDO terminal.

Sets the monitor number for comparator 1. Set the x-xx part of the Ux-xx [Monitor]. For example, set H2-20 = 102 to monitor U1-02 [Output Frequency].

Sets the lower limit detection level for comparator 1 when the full scale analog output for the monitor selected in H2-20 [Comparator 1 Monitor Selection] is the 100% value.

Sets the upper limit detection level for comparator 1 when the full scale analog output for the monitor selected in H2-20 [Comparator 1 Monitor Selection] is the 100% value.

Default

(Range)

(0 - 1FF)

(0 - 4)

0001

(0001 - 1FFF)

0000

(0000 - FFFF)

0001

(0001 - 1FFF)

0000

(0000 - FFFF)

102

(000 - 999)

0.0%

(0.0 - 300.0%)

0.0%

(0.0 - 300.0%)

Ref.

311

312

313

54 YASKAWA TOEPYAIGA5002A GA500 Programming

1.10 H: Terminal Functions

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

No.

(Hex.)

H2-23

(1543)

H2-24

(1544)

H2-25

(1545)

H2-26

(1546)

H2-27

(1547)

H2-28

(1548)

H2-29

(1549)

H2-30

(154A)

H2-31

(154B)

H2-32

(159A)

H2-33

(159B)

H2-34

(159C)

H2-35

(159D)

H2-36

(159E)

H2-37

(159F)

H2-40

(0B58)

H2-41

(0B59)

H2-42

(0B5A)

H2-60

(1B46)

Expert

H2-61

(1B47)

Expert

Name Description

Comparator 1 Hysteresis

Sets the hysteresis level for comparator 1 as a percentage of the full scale analog output for the monitor selected in H2-20 [Comparator 1 Monitor Selection].

Comparator 1 On-Delay Time

Comparator 1 Off-Delay Time

Comparator 2 Monitor Selection

Comparator 2 Lower Limit

Comparator 2 Upper Limit

Sets the on-delay time for comparator 1.

Sets the off-delay time for comparator 1.

Sets the monitor number for comparator 2. Set the x-xx part of the Ux-xx [Monitor]. For example, set H2-26 = 103 to monitor U1-03 [Output Current].

Sets the lower limit detection level for comparator 2 as a percentage of the full scale analog output for the monitor selected in H2-26 [Comparator 2 Monitor Selection].

Sets the upper limit detection level for comparator 2 as a percentage of the full scale analog output for the monitor selected in H2-26 [Comparator 2 Monitor Selection].

Comparator 2 Hysteresis

Sets the hysteresis level for comparator 2 as a percentage of the full scale analog output for the monitor selected in H2-26 [Comparator 2 Monitor Selection].

Comparator 2 On-Delay Time

Comparator 2 Off-Delay Time

Sets the on-delay time for comparator 2.

Sets the off-delay time for comparator 2.

Comparator 1 Filter Time

Sets the time constant that is applied to the primary delay filter used for the analog output of the monitor selected with H2-20 [Comparator 1 Monitor Selection].

Comparator1 Protection Selection

Sets drive operation when it detects CP1 [Comparator1 Limit Fault].

0 : Ramp to Stop

1 : Coast to Stop

2 : Fast Stop (Use C1-09)

3 : Alarm Only

4 : Digital Output Only

Comparator 2 Filter Time

Sets the time constant that is applied to the primary delay filter used for the analog output of the monitor selected with H2-26 [Comparator 2 Monitor Selection].

Comparator2 Protection Selection

Sets drive operation when it detects CP2 [Comparator2 Limit Fault].

0 : Ramp to Stop

1 : Coast to Stop

2 : Fast Stop (Use C1-09)

3 : Alarm Only

4 : Digital Output Only

Comparator 1 Ineffective Time

Comparator 2 Ineffective Time

Mbus Reg 15E0h bit0 Output Func

Mbus Reg 15E0h bit1 Output Func

Mbus Reg 15E0h bit2 Output Func

Term MA,MB,MC Secondary Function

Term MA,MB,MC Logical Operation

Sets the length of time that CP1 [Comparator1 Limit Fault] is disabled.

Sets the length of time that CP2 [Comparator2 Limit Fault] is disabled.

Sets the MFDO for bit 0 of MEMOBUS register 15E0 (Hex.).

Sets the MFDO for bit 1 of MEMOBUS register 15E0 (Hex.).

Sets the MFDO for bit 2 of MEMOBUS register 15E0 (Hex.).

Sets the second function for terminal MA/MB-MC. Outputs the logical calculation results of the terminals set to functions by H2-01 [Term MA,MB,MC Function Selection].

Sets the logical operation for the functions set in H2-01 [Term MA,MB,MC Function Selection] and H2-60 [Term MA,MB,MC Secondary Function].

Default

(Range)

0.0%

(0.0 - 10.0%)

0.0 s

(0.0 - 600.0 s)

0.0 s

(0.0 - 600.0 s)

103

(000 - 999)

0.0%

(0.0 - 300.0%)

0.0%

(0.0 - 300.0%)

0.0%

(0.0 - 10.0%)

0.0 s

(0.0 - 600.0 s)

0.0 s

(0.0 - 600.0 s)

0.0s

(0.0 - 10.0 s)

(0 - 4)

0.0s

(0.0 - 10.0 s)

(0 - 4)

0.0 s

(0.0 - 1000.0 s)

0.0 s

(0.0 - 1000.0 s)

(0 - 1FF)

(0 - FF)

(0 - 8)

Ref.

313

314

315

316

317

Parameter List

YASKAWA TOEPYAIGA5002A GA500 Programming 55

1.10 H: Terminal Functions

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

No.

(Hex.)

H2-62

(1B48)

Expert

H2-63

(1B49)

Expert

H2-64

(1B4A)

Expert

H2-65

(1B4B)

Expert

H2-66

(1B4C)

Expert

H2-67

(1B4D)

Expert

H2-68

(1B4E)

Expert

Name Description

Term MA,MB,MC Minimum ON Time

Terminal P1 Secondary Function

Terminal P1 Logical Operation

Terminal P1 Minimum ON Time

Terminal P2 Secondary Function

Terminal P2 Logical Operation

Terminal P2 Minimum ON Time

Sets the minimum ON time that the drive uses to output the logical calculation results from terminal MA/MB-MC.

Sets the second function for terminal P1-C1. Outputs the logical calculation results of the terminals set to functions by H2-02 [Term P1 Function Selection].

Sets the logical operation for the functions set in H2-02 [Term P1 Function Selection] and H2-63 [Terminal P1 Secondary Function].

Sets the minimum ON time used to output the logical calculation results from terminal P1C1.

Sets the second function for terminal P2-C2. Outputs the logical calculation results of the terminals assigned to functions by H2-03 [Term P2 Function Selection].

Sets the logical operation for the functions set in H2-03 [Term P2 Function Selection] and H2-66 [Terminal P2 Secondary Function].

Sets the minimum ON time used to output the logical calculation results from terminal P2C2.

■ H2-xx: MFDO Setting Values

Default

(Range)

0.1 s

(0.0 - 25.0 s)

(0 - FF)

(0 - 8)

0.1 s

(0.0 - 25.0 s)

(0 - FF)

(0 - 8)

0.1 s

(0.0 - 25.0 s)

Ref.

317

318

Setting Value Function Description Ref.

0 During Run

318

The terminal activates when you input a Run command and when the drive is outputting voltage.

ON : Drive is running

OFF : Drive is stopping

1 Zero Speed

The terminal turns on when the output frequency drops below the value of E1-09 [Minimum Output Frequency] or b2- 01 [DC Injection/Zero SpeedThreshold].

318

Note:

Parameter A1-02 [Control Method Selection] selects which parameter is the reference.

A1-02 Setting Control Method Selection Parameter Used as the Reference

0 V/f E1-09

2 OLV b2-01

5 OLV/PM E1-09

6 AOLV/PM E1-09

8 EZOLV E1-09

ON : Output frequency < value of E1-09 or b2-01.

OFF : Output frequency ≥ value of E1-09 or b2-01.

2 Speed Agree 1

The terminal activates when the output frequency is in the range of the frequency reference ± L4-02 [Speed Agree Detection Width].

319

ON : The output frequency is in the range of “frequency reference ± L4-02”.

OFF : The output frequency does not align with the frequency reference although the drive is running.

3 User-Set Speed Agree 1

The terminal activates when the output frequency is in the range of L4-01 [Speed Agree Detection Level] ± L4-02 [Speed Agree Detection Width] and in the range of the frequency reference ± L4-02.

319

Note:

The detection function operates in the two motor rotation directions. The drive uses the L4-01 value as the forward/reverse detection level.

ON : The output frequency is within the range as defined by the result of “L4-01 ± L4-02” and the range of frequency reference ± L4-02.

OFF : The output frequency is not in the range of “L4-01 ± L4-02” nor the range of frequency reference ± L4-02.

56 YASKAWA TOEPYAIGA5002A GA500 Programming

1.10 H: Terminal Functions

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

Setting Value Function Description Ref.

4 Frequency Detection 1

5 Frequency Detection 2

6 Drive ready

7 DC Bus Undervoltage

8 During Baseblock (N.O.)

9 Frequency Reference

from Keypad

A Run Command Source

B Torque Detection 1 (N.

O.)

C Frequency Reference

Loss

D Braking Resistor Fault

E Fault

F Not Used

10 Alarm

11 Fault Reset Command

Active

12 Timer Output

The terminal deactivates when the output frequency is higher than the value of L4-01 [Speed Agree Detection Level] + L4-02 [Speed Agree Detection Width]. After the terminal turns off, the terminal continues to remain off until the output frequency reaches the level set with L4-01.

Note:

The detection function operates in the two motor rotation directions. The drive uses the L4-01 value as the forward/reverse detection level.

ON : The output frequency is less than the value of L4-01 or does not exceed the value of L4-01 + L4-02.

OFF : The output frequency is higher than the value of L4-01 + L4-02.

The terminal activates when the output frequency is higher than the value of L4-01 [Speed Agree Detection Level]. After the terminal activates, the terminal stays activated until the output frequency is at the value of L4-01 - L4-02.

Note:

The detection function operates in the two motor rotation directions. The drive uses the L4-01 value as the forward/reverse detection level.

ON : The output frequency is higher than the value of L4-01. OFF : The output frequency is less than the value of “L4-01 - L4-02,” or it does not exceed the value of L4-01.

The terminal activates when the drive is ready and running.

The terminal activates when the DC bus voltage or control circuit power supply is less than the voltage set with L2-05 [Undervoltage Detection Lvl (Uv1)]. The terminal also turns on when there is a fault with the DC bus voltage.

ON : The DC bus voltage is less than the setting value of L2-05.

OFF : The DC bus voltage is more than the setting value of L2-05.

The terminal turns on during baseblock. When the drive is in baseblock, the drive output transistor stops switching and does not make DC bus voltage.

ON : During baseblock

OFF : The drive is not in baseblock.

Shows the selected frequency reference source.

ON : The keypad is the frequency reference source.

OFF : Parameter b1-01 or b1-15 [Frequency Reference Selection 1 or 2] is the frequency reference source.

Shows the selected Run command source.

ON : The keypad is the Run command source.

OFF : Parameter b1-02 or b1-16 [Run Command Selection 1 or 2] is the Run command source.

The terminal activates when the drive detects overtorque or undertorque.

ON : The output current/torque > L6-02 [Torque Detection Level 1], or < L6-02 for longer than the time set with L6-03 [Torque Detection Time 1].

The terminal activates when the drive detects a loss of frequency reference.

The terminal activates when the mounting-type braking resistor is overheating or when there is a braking transistor fault.

The terminal activates when the drive detects a fault.

Note:

The terminal will not activate for CPF00 and CPF01 [Control Circuit Error] faults.

Use this setting for unused terminals or to use terminals in through mode. Also use this setting as the PLC contact output via MEMOBUS/Modbus or the communication option. This signal does not function if signals from the PLC are not configured.

The terminal turns on when the drive detects a minor fault.

The terminal turns on when the drive receives the Reset command from the control circuit terminal, serial communications, or the communication option.

Use this setting when the drive uses the timer function as an output terminal.

320

321

322

323

Parameter List

YASKAWA TOEPYAIGA5002A GA500 Programming 57

1.10 H: Terminal Functions

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

Setting Value Function Description Ref.

13 Speed Agree 2

14 User-Set Speed Agree 2

15 Frequency Detection 3

16 Frequency Detection 4

17 Torque Detection 1 (N.C.)

18 Torque Detection 2 (N.

O.)

19 Torque Detection 2 (N.C.)

1A During reverse

1B During Baseblock (N.C.)

1C Motor 2 Selected

1E Executing Auto-Restart

1F Motor Overload Alarm

20 Drive Overheat Pre-

(oL1)

Alarm (oH)

The terminal activates when the output frequency is in the range of the frequency reference ± L4-04 [Speed Agree Detection Width(+/-)].

Note:

The detection function operates in the two motor rotation directions.

ON : The output frequency is in the range of “frequency reference ± L4-04”. OFF : The output frequency is not in the range of “frequency reference ± L4-04”.

The terminal activates when the output frequency is in the range of L4-03 [Speed Agree Detection Level(+/-)] ± L4-04 [Speed Agree Detection Width(+/-)] and in the range of the frequency reference ± L4-04.

Note:

The detection level set with L4-03 is a signed value. The drive will only detect in one direction.

ON : The output frequency is in the range of “L4-03 ± L4-04” and the range of frequency reference ± L4-04. OFF : The output frequency is not in the range of “L4-03 ± L4-04” nor the range of frequency reference ± L4-04.

The terminal deactivates when the output frequency is higher than the value of “L4-03 [Speed Agree Detection Level (+/-)] + L4-04 [Speed Agree Detection Width(+/-)]”. After the terminal deactivates, the terminal stays deactivated until the output frequency is at the value of L4-03.

Note:

The detection level set with L4-03 is a signed value. The drive will only detect in one direction.

ON : The output frequency is less than the value of L4-03 or does not exceed the value of L4-03 + L4-04.

OFF : The output frequency is higher than the value of L4-03 + L4-04.

The terminal activates when the output frequency is higher than the value of L4-03 [Speed Agree Detection Level

(+/-)]. After the terminal activates, the terminal stays activated until the output frequency is at the value of L4-03 - L4-

04.

Note:

The detection level set with L4-03 is a signed value. The drive will only detect in one direction.

ON : The output frequency is higher than the value of L4-03. OFF : The output frequency is less than the value of “L4-03 - L4-04,” or it does not exceed the value of L4-03.

The terminal deactivates when the drive detects overtorque or undertorque.

OFF : The output current/torque is more than the torque value set with L6-02 [Torque Detection Level 1], or the level is less than the torque value set with L6-02 [Torque Detection Level 1] for longer than the time set with L6-03 [Torque Detection Time 1].

The terminal activates when the drive detects overtorque or undertorque.

ON : The output current/torque is more than the torque value set with L6-05 [Torque Detection Level 2], or the level is less than the torque value set with L6-05 [Torque Detection Level 2] for longer than the time set with L6-06 [Torque Detection Time 2].

The terminal deactivates when the drive detects overtorque or undertorque.

OFF : The output current/torque is more than the torque value set with L6-05 [Torque Detection Level 2], or the level is less than the torque value set with L6-05 [Torque Detection Level 2] for longer than the time set with L6-06 [Torque Detection Time 2].

The terminal activates when the motor operates in the reverse direction.

ON : The motor is operating in the reverse direction.

OFF : The motor is operating in the forward direction or the motor stopped.

The terminal deactivates during baseblock. When the drive is in baseblock, the drive output transistor stops switching and does not make DC bus voltage.

ON : The drive is not in baseblock.

OFF : During baseblock

The terminal activates when motor 2 is selected.

ON : Motor 2 Selection

OFF : Motor 1 Selection

The terminal activates when the Auto Restart function is trying to restart after a fault.

The terminal activates when the electronic thermal protection value of the motor overload protective function is a minimum of 90% of the detection level.

The terminal activates when the drive heatsink temperature is at the level set with L8-02 [Overheat Alarm Level].

323

324

325

326

58 YASKAWA TOEPYAIGA5002A GA500 Programming

1.10 H: Terminal Functions

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

Setting Value Function Description Ref.

21 Safe Torque OFF

22 Mechanical Weakening

Detection

2F Maintenance Notification

30 During Torque Limit

37 During Frequency Output

38 Drive Enabled

39 Watt Hour Pulse Output

3C LOCAL Control Selected

3D During Speed Search

3E PID Feedback Low

3F PID Feedback High

4A During KEB Ride-Thru

4B During Short Circuit

Braking

4C During Fast Stop

4D oH Pre-Alarm Time Limit

4E Braking Transistor Fault

4F Braking Resistor

61 Pole Position Detection

62 Modbus Reg 1 Status

(rr)

Overheat (rH)

Complete

Satisfied

The terminal activates (safety stop state) when the safety circuit and safety diagnosis circuit are operating correctly and when terminals H1-HC and H2-HC are OFF (Open).

ON : Safety stop state

OFF : Safety circuit fault or RUN/READY

The terminal activates when the drive detects mechanical weakening.

The terminal activates when drive components are at their estimated maintenance period.

Tells the user about the maintenance period for these items:

• IGBT

• Cooling fan

• Capacitor

• Soft charge bypass relay

The terminal activates when the torque reference is the torque limit set with L7 parameters or H3-02 or H3-10 [MFAI Function Selection].

The terminal activates when the drive outputs frequency.

ON : The drive outputs frequency.

OFF : The drive does not output frequency.

This terminal activates when the H1-xx = 6A [Drive Enable] terminal activates.

Outputs the pulse that shows the watt hours.

The terminal activates when the Run command source or frequency reference source is LOCAL.

ON : LOCAL

OFF : REMOTE

The terminal activates when the drive is doing speed search.

The terminal activates when the drive detects FbL [PID Feedback Loss].

The terminal activates when the drive detects FbH [Excessive PID Feedback].

The activates during KEB Ride-Thru.

The terminal activates during Short Circuit Braking.

Note:

When A1-02 = 8 [Control Method Selection = EZOLV], this function is available only when you use a PM motor.

The terminal activates when the fast stop is in operation.

The terminal activates when L8-03 = 4 [Overheat Pre-Alarm Selection = Operate at Reduced Speed (L8-19)] and oH [Heatsink Overheat] does not clear after the drive decreases the frequency for 10 cycles.

The terminal activates when the internal braking transistor overheats and the drive detects an rr [Dynamic Braking Transistor Fault] fault.

The terminal activates when the braking resistor overheats and the drive detects an rH [Braking Resistor Overheat] fault.

The terminal activates when drive receives a Run command and the drive detects the motor magnetic pole position of the PM motor.

The terminal activates when the bit specified by H2-08 [Modbus Register 1 Bit Select] for the MEMOBUS register address set with H2-07 [Modbus Register 1 Address Select] activates.

327

328

329

330

Parameter List

YASKAWA TOEPYAIGA5002A GA500 Programming 59

1.10 H: Terminal Functions

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

Setting Value Function Description Ref.

63 Modbus Reg 2 Status

66 Comparator1

67 Comparator2

69 External Power 24V

6A Data Logger Error

90 - 92 DWEZ Digital Output 1

100 - 192 Inverse output of 0 to 92

Satisfied

Supply

to 3

The terminal activates when the bit specified by H2-10 [Modbus Register 2 Bit Select] for the MEMOBUS register address set with H2-09 [Modbus Register 2 Address Select] activates.

The terminal activates if the monitor value set with H2-20 [Comparator 1 Monitor Selection] is in range of the values of H2-21 [Comparator 1 Lower Limit] and H2-22 [Comparator 1 Upper Limit] for the time set in H2-24 [Comparator 1 On-Delay Time].

The terminal activates if the monitor value set with H2-26 [Comparator 2 Monitor Selection] is not in the range of the values of H2-27 [Comparator 2 Lower Limit] and H2-28 [Comparator 2 Upper Limit] for the time set in H2-30 [Comparator 2 On-Delay Time].

The terminal activates when there is an external 24V power supply between terminals PS-AC.

ON : An external 24V power supply supplies power.

OFF : An external 24V power supply does not supply power.

The terminal activates when the drive detects LoG [Com Error / Abnormal SD card].

Sets the DriveWorksEZ digital output. Refer to the DriveWorksEZ online manual for more information.

Causes inverse output of the function for the selected MFDO. Uses the last two digits of 1xx to select which function to inversely output.

330

331

◆ H3: Analog Inputs

No.

(Hex.)

H3-01

(0410)

H3-02

(0434)

H3-03

(0411)

RUN

H3-04

(0412)

RUN

H3-09

(0417)

H3-10

(0418)

H3-11

(0419)

RUN

H3-12

(041A)

RUN

H3-13

(041B)

Name Description

Terminal A1 Signal Level Select

Terminal A1 Function Selection

Terminal A1 Gain Setting

Terminal A1 Bias Setting

Terminal A2 Signal Level Select

Terminal A2 Function Selection

Terminal A2 Gain Setting

Terminal A2 Bias Setting

Analog Input FilterTime Constant

Sets the input signal level for MFAI terminal A1.

0 : 0 to 10V (Lower Limit at 0)

4 : -10 to +10V (Bipolar Reference)

Sets the function for MFAI terminal A1.

Sets the gain of the analog signal input to MFAI terminal A1.

Sets the bias of the analog signal input to MFAI terminal A1.

Sets the input signal level for MFAI terminal A2.

0 : 0-10V (LowLim=0)

2 : 4 to 20 mA

3 : 0 to 20 mA

4 : -10 to +10V (Bipolar Reference)

Sets the function for MFAI terminal A2.

Sets the gain of the analog signal input to MFAI terminal A2.

Sets the bias of the analog signal input to MFAI terminal A2.

Sets the time constant for primary delay filters on MFAI terminals.

Default

(Range)

(0, 4)

(0 - 32)

100.0%

(-999.9 - +999.9%)

0.0%

(-999.9 - +999.9%)

(0, 2 - 4)

(0 - 32)

100.0%

(-999.9 - +999.9%)

0.0%

(-999.9 - +999.9%)

0.03 s

(0.00 - 2.00 s)

Ref.

334

335

336

60 YASKAWA TOEPYAIGA5002A GA500 Programming

1.10 H: Terminal Functions

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

No.

(Hex.)

H3-14

(041C)

Name Description

Analog Input Terminal Enable Sel

Sets the enabled terminal or terminals when H1-xx = C [MFDI Function Select = Analog Terminal Enable Selection] is ON.

Default

(Range)

(1, 2, 7)

1 : Terminal A1 only

2 : Terminal A2 only

7 : Terminals A1 and A2

H3-16

(02F0)

H3-17

(02F1)

H3-40

(0B5C)

H3-41

(0B5F)

H3-42

(0B62)

H3-43

(117F)

Terminal A1 Offset

Terminal A2 Offset

Mbus Reg 15C1h Input Function

Mbus Reg 15C2h Input Function

Mbus Reg 15C3h Input Function

Mbus Reg Inputs FilterTime Const

Sets the offset level for analog signals input to terminal A1. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

Sets the offset level for analog signals input to terminal A2. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

Sets the MEMOBUS AI1 function.

Sets the MEMOBUS AI2 function.

Sets the MEMOBUS AI3 function.

Sets the time constant to apply a primary delay filter to the MEMOBUS analog input register values.

(-500 - +500)

(4 - 2F)

0.00 s

(0.00 - 2.00 s)

■ H3-xx: MFAI Setting Values

Setting Value Function Description Ref.

0 Frequency Reference

1 Frequency Gain

2 Auxiliary Frequency

Reference 1

3 Auxiliary Frequency

Reference 2

4 Output Voltage Bias

5 Accel/Decel Time Gain

6 DC Injection Braking

Current

7 Torque Detection Level

8 Stall Prevent Level during

Run

The input value from the MFAI terminal set with this function becomes the master frequency reference.

The drive multiplies the analog frequency reference with the input value from the MFAI set with this function.

Sets Reference 2 through multi-step speed reference to enable the command reference (Auxiliary Frequency Reference

1) from the analog input terminal set here. This value is a percentage where the Maximum Output Frequency setting is a setting value of 100%.

Note:

Parameter A1-02 [Control Method Selection] selects which parameter is the maximum output frequency.

• A1-02 ≠ 8 [EZOLV]: E1-04 [Maximum Output Frequency]

• A1-02 = 8: E9-02 [Maximum Speed]

Sets Reference 3 through multi-step speed reference to enable the command reference (Auxiliary Frequency Reference

2) from the analog input terminal set here. This value is a percentage where the Maximum Output Frequency setting is a setting value of 100%.

Note:

Parameter A1-02 [Control Method Selection] selects which parameter is the maximum output frequency.

• A1-02 ≠ 8 [EZOLV]: E1-04 [Maximum Output Frequency]

• A1-02 = 8: E9-02 [Maximum Speed]

Set this parameter to input a bias signal to amplify the output voltage.

Enters a signal to adjust the gain used for C1-01 to C1-08 [Acceleration/Deceleration Times 1 to 4] and C1-09 [Fast Stop Time] when the full scale analog signal (10 V or 20 mA) is 100%.

Enters a signal to adjust the current level used for DC Injection Braking when the drive rated output current is 100%.

Enters a signal to adjust the overtorque/undertorque detection level.

Note:

Use this function with L6-01 [Torque Detection Selection 1]. This parameter functions as an alternative to L6-02 [Torque Detection Level 1].

Enters a signal to adjust the stall prevention level during run if the drive rated current is 100%.

Ref.

336

337

338

339

Parameter List

YASKAWA TOEPYAIGA5002A GA500 Programming 61

1.10 H: Terminal Functions

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

Setting Value Function Description Ref.

9 Output Frequency Lower

Limit

B PID Feedback

C PID Setpoint

D Frequency Bias

E Motor Temperature (PTC

Input)

F Not Used

10 Forward Torque Limit

11 Reverse Torque Limit

12 Regenerative Torque

13 Torque Reference /

Limit

Torque Limit

14 Torque Compensation

15 General Torque Limit

16 Differential PID

Feedback

1F Not Used

30 DWEZ Analog Input 1

31 DWEZ Analog Input 2

Enters a signal to adjust the output frequency lower limit level as a percentage of the maximum output frequency.

Note:

Parameter A1-02 [Control Method Selection] selects which parameter is the maximum output frequency.

• A1-02 ≠ 8 [EZOLV]: E1-04 [Maximum Output Frequency]

• A1-02 = 8: E9-02 [Maximum Speed]

Enter the PID feedback value as a percentage of the maximum output frequency.

Note:

Parameter A1-02 [Control Method Selection] selects which parameter is the maximum output frequency.

• A1-02 ≠ 8 [EZOLV]: E1-04 [Maximum Output Frequency]

• A1-02 = 8: E9-02 [Maximum Speed]

Enters the PID setpoint as a percentage of the maximum output frequency.

Note:

Parameter A1-02 [Control Method Selection] selects which parameter is the maximum output frequency.

• A1-02 ≠ 8 [EZOLV]: E1-04 [Maximum Output Frequency]

• A1-02 = 8: E9-02 [Maximum Speed]

Enters the bias value added to the frequency reference as a percentage of the maximum output frequency.

Note:

Parameter A1-02 [Control Method Selection] selects which parameter is the maximum output frequency.

• A1-02 ≠ 8 [EZOLV]: E1-04 [Maximum Output Frequency]

• A1-02 = 8: E9-02 [Maximum Speed]

Uses the motor Positive Temperature Coefficient (PTC) thermistor to prevent heat damage to the motor as a percentage of the current value when the 10 V analog signal is input.

Use this setting for unused terminals or to use terminals in through mode.

Enters the forward torque limit if the motor rated torque is 100%.

Enters the load torque limit if the motor rated torque is 100%.

Enters the regenerative torque limit if the motor rated torque is 100%.

Enters the torque reference if the motor rated torque is 100%. This setting is the torque limit for speed control.

Enters the torque compensation value if the motor rated torque is 100%.

Enters the torque limit that is the same for all quadrants for forward, reverse, and regenerative operation if the motor rated torque is 100%.

Enters the PID differential feedback value if the full scale analog signal (10 V or 20 mA) is 100%.

Use this setting for unused terminals or to use terminals in through mode.

Use with DriveWorksEZ. Refer to the DriveWorksEZ online manual for more information.

339

340

342

343

62 YASKAWA TOEPYAIGA5002A GA500 Programming

◆ H4: Analog Outputs

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

1.10 H: Terminal Functions

No.

(Hex.)

H4-01

(041D)

H4-02

(041E)

RUN

H4-03

(041F)

RUN

H4-07

(0423)

Name Description

Terminal AM Analog Output Select

Terminal AM Analog Output Gain

Terminal AM Analog Output Bias

Terminal AM Signal Level Select

Sets the monitoring number to be output from the MFAO terminal AM.

Set the x-xx part of the Ux-xx [Monitor]. For example, set H4-01 = 102 to monitor U1-02 [Output Frequency].

Sets the gain of the monitor signal that is sent from MFAO terminal AM.

Sets the analog signal output level from the terminal AM at 10 V or 20 mA as 100% when an output for monitoring items is 100%.

Sets the bias of the monitor signal that is sent from MFAO terminal AM.

When an output for monitoring items is 0%, this parameter sets the analog signal output level from the AM terminal at 10 V or 20 mA as 0%.

Sets the MFAO terminal AM output signal level.

Note:

Make sure that you set jumper S5 on the control circuit terminal board when you change these parameters.

0 : 0-10V

2 : 4 to 20 mA

H4-20

(0B53)

Analog Power Monitor 100% Level

Sets the level at 10 V when U1-08 [Output Power] is set for analog output.

◆ H5: Modbus Communication

No.

(Hex.)

H5-01

(0425)

H5-02

(0426)

H5-03

(0427)

H5-04

(0428)

Name Description

Drive Node Address

Sets the communication slave address for drives.

Note:

• Re-energize the drive or set H5-10 = 1 [Modbus Register 0025H Unit Sel= 1 V units] after you change the parameter setting.

• Setting 0 will not let the drive respond to MEMOBUS/Modbus communications.

Communication Speed Selection

Sets the communications speed for MEMOBUS/Modbus communications.

Note:

Re-energize the drive or set H5-20 = 1 [Communication Parameters Reload = Reload Now] after you change the parameter setting.

0 : 1200 bps

1 : 2400 bps

2 : 4800 bps

3 : 9600 bps

4 : 19.2 kbps

5 : 38.4 kbps

6 : 57.6 kbps

7 : 76.8 kbps

8 : 115.2 kbps

Communication Parity Selection

Sets the communications parity used for MEMOBUS/Modbus communications.

Note:

Re-energize the drive or set H5-20 = 1 [Communication Parameters Reload = Reload Now] after you change the parameter setting.

0 : No parity

1 : Even parity

2 : Odd parity

Communication Error Stop Method

Sets the motor Stopping Method when the drive detects CE [MEMOBUS/Modbus Communication Err] issues.

0 : Ramp to Stop

1 : Coast to Stop

2 : Fast Stop (Use C1-09)

3 : Alarm Only

Default

(Range)

102

(000 - 999)

100.0%

(-999.9 - +999.9%)

0.0%

(-999.9 - +999.9%)

(0, 2)

0.00 kW

(0.00 - 650.00 kW)

Default

(Range)

1FH

(0 - FFH)

(0 - 8)

(0 - 2)

(0 - 3)

Ref.

344

345

Ref.

345

346

Parameter List

YASKAWA TOEPYAIGA5002A GA500 Programming 63

1.10 H: Terminal Functions

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

No.

(Hex.)

H5-05

(0429)

H5-06

(042A)

H5-09

(0435)

H5-10

(0436)

H5-11

(043C)

RUN

H5-12

(043D)

H5-17

(11A1)

Expert

H5-18

(11A2)

H5-20

(0B57)

H5-22

(11CF)

H5-25

(1589)

RUN

H5-26

(158A)

RUN

H5-27

(158B)

RUN

H5-28

(158C)

RUN

Name Description

Comm Fault Detection Selection

Sets the function that detects CE [Modbus Communication Error] issues during MEMOBUS/Modbus communications.

0 : Disabled

1 : Enabled

Drive Transmit Wait Time

Sets the time to wait to send a response message after the drive receives a command message from the master.

Note:

Restart the drive after changing the parameter setting.

CE Detection Time

Sets the detection time for CE [Modbus Communication Error] issues when communication stops.

Modbus Register 0025H Unit Sel

Sets the unit of measure used for the MEMOBUS/Modbus communications monitor register 0025H (output voltage reference monitor).

0 : 0.1 V units

1 : 1 V units

Comm ENTER Command Mode

Sets the function to make the Enter command necessary to change parameters through MEMOBUS/Modbus communications.

0 : ENTER Command Required

1 : ENTER Command Not Required

Run Command Method Selection

Sets the input method for the Run command when b1-02 = 2 [Run Command Selection 1 =

Memobus/Modbus Communications] or b1-16 = 2 [Run Command Selection 2 = Memobus/Modbus Communications].

0 : FWD/Stop, REV/Stop

1 : Run/Stop, FWD/REV

ENTER command response @CPU BUSY

Sets operation when the EEPROM write command is sent without EEPROM write available. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

0 : Ignore Command(No ROM/RAM Write)

1 : Write to RAM Only

Motor Speed Filter over Comms

Communication Parameters Reload

Sets the filter time constant used when monitoring motor speed during MEMOBUS/ Modbus communications or with a communication option.

Sets the function to immediately enable updated MEMOBUS/Modbus communications parameters.

0 : Reload at Next Power Cycle

1 : Reload Now

Speed Search from MODBUS

Enables the MEMOBUS/Modbus communication register Speed Search function (bit0 of 15DFH).

0 : Disabled

1 : Enabled

Function 5A Register 1 Selection

Function 5A Register 2 Selection

Function 5A Register 3 Selection

Function 5A Register 4 Selection

Returns the contents of the specified MEMOBUS/Modbus communications register when responding to the master device.

Default

(Range)

(0, 1)

5 ms

(0 - 65 ms)

2.0 s

(0.0 - 25.0 s)

(0, 1)

0 ms

(0 - 100 ms)

(0, 1)

0044H (U1-05)

(0000H - FFFFH)

0045H (U1-06)

(0000H - FFFFH)

0042H (U1-03)

(0000H - FFFFH)

0049H (U1-10)

(0000H - FFFFH)

Ref.

346

347

348

349

64 YASKAWA TOEPYAIGA5002A GA500 Programming

◆ H6: Pulse Train Input/Output

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

1.10 H: Terminal Functions

No.

(Hex.)

H6-01

(042C)

H6-02

(042D)

RUN

H6-03

(042E)

RUN

H6-04

(042F)

RUN

H6-05

(0430)

RUN

H6-06

(0431)

RUN

H6-07

(0432)

RUN

H6-08

(043F)

Name Description

Terminal RP Pulse Train Function

Sets the function for pulse train input terminal RP.

0 : Frequency Reference

1 : PID Feedback Value

2 : PID Setpoint

3 : Speed Feedback (V/F Control)

Terminal RP Frequency Scaling

Terminal RP Function Gain

Terminal RP Function Bias

Sets the frequency of the pulse train input signal used when the item selected with H6-01 [Terminal RP Pulse Train Function] is input at 100%.

Sets the gain used when the function in H6-01 [Terminal RP Pulse Train Function] is input to terminal RP.

Sets the bias used when the function in H6-01 [Terminal RP Pulse Train Function] is input to terminal RP. Sets a value at the time when the pulse train is 0 Hz.

Terminal RP Filter Time

Sets the time constant for the pulse train input primary delay filters.

Terminal MP Monitor Selection

Terminal MP Frequency Scaling

Terminal RP Minimum Frequency

Sets a function for pulse train monitor output terminal MP. Sets the “x-xx” part of the Ux-xx monitor.

Sets the frequency of the pulse train output signal used when the monitor set with H6-06 [Terminal MP Monitor Selection] is 100%.

Sets the minimum frequency of the pulse train signal that terminal RP can detect.

Default

(Range)

(0 - 3)

1440 Hz

(100 - 32000 Hz)

100.0%

(0.0 - 1000.0%)

0.0%

(-100.0 - 100.0%)

0.10 s

(0.00 - 2.00 s)

102

(000, 031, 101, 102, 105, 116, 501, 502, 801 - 809, 821 - 825, 831 - 839, 851

- 855)

1440 Hz

(0 - 32000 Hz)

0.5 Hz

(0.1 - 1000.0 Hz)

Ref.

349

351

352

◆ H7: Virtual MFIO selection

No.

(Hex.)

H7-00

(116F)

Expert

H7-01

(1185)

Expert

H7-02

(1186)

Expert

H7-03

(1187)

Expert

H7-04

(1188)

Expert

Name Description

Virtual MFIO selection

Sets the function to enable and disable the virtual I/O function. Set this parameter to 1 to operate the virtual I/O function.

0 : Disabled

1 : Enabled

Virtual Multi-Function Input 1

Sets the function that enters the virtual input set in H7-10 [Virtual Multi-Function Output 1].

Note:

1B [Programming Lockout] and 11B [Inverse Input of 1B] are not available.

Virtual Multi-Function Input 2

Sets the function that enters the virtual input set in H7-12 [Virtual Multi-Function Output 2].

Note:

1B [Programming Lockout] and 11B [Inverse Input of 1B] are not available.

Virtual Multi-Function Input 3

Sets the function that enters the virtual input set in H7-14 [Virtual Multi-Function Output 3].

Note:

1B [Programming Lockout] and 11B [Inverse Input of 1B] are not available.

Virtual Multi-Function Input 4

Sets the function that enters the virtual input set in H7-16 [Virtual Multi-Function Output 4].

Note:

1B [Programming Lockout] and 11B [Inverse Input of 1B] are not available.

Default

(Range)

(0, 1)

(1 - 19F)

Ref.

353

354

Parameter List

YASKAWA TOEPYAIGA5002A GA500 Programming 65

1.10 H: Terminal Functions

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

No.

(Hex.)

H7-10

(11A4)

Expert

H7-11

(11A5)

Expert

H7-12

(11A6)

Expert

H7-13

(11A7)

Expert

H7-14

(11A8)

Expert

H7-15

(11A9)

Expert

H7-16

(11AA)

Expert

H7-17

(11AB)

Expert

H7-30

(1177)

Expert

H7-31

(1178)

RUN

Expert

H7-32

(1179)

RUN

Expert

H7-40

(1163)

H7-41

(1164)

H7-42

(1165)

Name Description

Virtual Multi-Function Output 1

Virtual Output 1 Delay Time

Virtual Multi-Function Output 2

Virtual Output 2 Delay Time

Virtual Multi-Function Output 3

Virtual Output 3 Delay Time

Virtual Multi-Function Output 4

Virtual Output 4 Delay Time

Virtual Analog Input Selection

Virtual Analog Input Gain

Sets the function for virtual digital output 1.

Sets the minimum ON time for virtual digital output 1.

Sets the function for virtual digital output 2.

Sets the minimum ON time for virtual digital output 2.

Sets the function for virtual digital output 3.

Sets the minimum ON time for virtual digital output 3.

Sets the function for virtual digital output 4.

Sets the minimum ON time for virtual digital output 4.

Sets the virtual analog input function.

Sets the virtual analog input gain.

Virtual Analog Input Bias

Sets the virtual analog input bias.

Virtual Analog Out Signal Select

Sets the signal level of the virtual analog output.

0 : 0 to 100% (Absolute Value)

1 : -100 to 100%

2 : 0 to 100% (Lower Limit at 0)

Virtual Analog Output Function

Virtual Analog Output FilterTime

Sets the monitor to be output from the virtual analog output.

Set the x-xx part of the Ux-xx [Monitor]. For example, set H7-41 = 102 to monitor U1-02 [Output Frequency].

Sets the time constant for a primary filter of the virtual analog output.

Default

(Range)

(0 - 1A7)

0.1 s

(0.0 - 25.0 s)

(0 - 1A7)

0.1 s

(0.0 - 25.0 s)

(0 - 1A7)

0.1 s

(0.0 - 25.0 s)

(0 - 1A7)

0.1 s

(0.0 - 25.0 s)

(0 - 32)

100.0%

(-999.9 - 999.9%)

0.0%

(-999.9 - 999.9%)

(0 - 2)

102

(0 - 999)

0.00 s

(0.00 - 2.00 s)

Ref.

354

355

356

66 YASKAWA TOEPYAIGA5002A GA500 Programming

1.11 L: Protection Functions

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

◆ L1: Motor Protection

1.11 L: Protection Functions

No.

(Hex.)

L1-01

(0480)

L1-02

(0481)

L1-03

(0482)

L1-04

(0483)

L1-05

(0484)

L1-08

(1103)

L1-09

(1104)

L1-13

(046D)

L1-22

(0768)

RUN

L1-23

(0769)

RUN

Name Description

Motor Overload (oL1) Protection

Sets the motor overload protection with electronic thermal protectors.

0 : No

1 : Variable Torque

2 : Constant Torque 10:1 Speed Range

3 : Constant Torque 100:1 SpeedRange

4 : PM Variable Torque

5 : PM Constant Torque

6 : Variable Torque (50Hz)

Note:

When only one motor is connected to a drive, set L1-01 = 1 to 6 [Enabled]. External thermal relays are not necessary in these conditions.

Motor Overload Protection Time

Motor Thermistor oH Alarm Select

Sets the operation time for the electronic thermal protector of the drive to prevent damage to the motor. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

Sets drive operation when the PTC input signal entered into the drive is at the oH3 [Motor Overheat Alarm] detection level.

0 : Ramp to Stop

1 : Coast to Stop

2 : Fast Stop

3 : Alarm Only

Motor Thermistor oH Fault Select

Sets the drive operation when the PTC input signal to the drive is at the oH4 [Motor Overheat Fault (PTC Input)] detection level.

0 : Ramp to Stop

1 : Coast to Stop

2 : Fast Stop

Motor Thermistor Filter Time

Sets the primary delay time constant for the PTC input signal entered to the drive. This parameter prevents accidental motor overheat faults.

oL1 Current Level

Sets the reference current for the motor 1 thermal overload detection. When the current level > 0.0 A, you cannot set this value < 10% of drive rated current.

oL1 Current Level for Motor 2

Motor Overload Memory Selection

Sets the reference current for the motor 2 thermal overload detection. When the current level > 0.0 A, you cannot set this value < 10% of drive rated current.

Sets the function that keeps the current electronic thermal protector value when the drive stops receiving power.

0 : Disabled

1 : Enabled

Leakage Current Filter Time1

Sets the leakage current detection reduction filter time constant during constant speed run.

Note:

You can set this parameter when C6-02 = B [Carrier Frequency Selection = Leakage Current Detection Reduction Rate PWM].

Leakage Current Filter Time2

Sets the leakage current detection reduction filter time constant during acceleration/ deceleration.

Note:

• You can set this parameter when C6-02 = B [Carrier Frequency Selection = Leakage Current Detection Reduction Rate PWM].

• When the setting value increases, the current monitor also starts up slowly. Examine the relevant sequence for problems.

Default

(Range)

Determined by A1-02

(0 - 6)

1.0 min

(0.1 - 5.0 min)

(0 - 3)

(0 - 2)

0.20 s

(0.00 - 10.00 s)

0.0 A

(0.0 A or 10% to 150% of

the drive rated current)

0.0 A

(0.0 A or 10 to150% of the drive rated current)

(0, 1)

Determined by C6-02

(0.0 - 60.0 s)

Determined by C6-02

(0.0 - 60.0 s)

Ref.

358

361

362

363

Parameter List

YASKAWA TOEPYAIGA5002A GA500 Programming 67

1.11 L: Protection Functions

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

◆ L2: Power Loss Ride Through

No.

(Hex.)

L2-01

(0485)

L2-02

(0486)

L2-03

(0487)

L2-04

(0488)

L2-05

(0489)

L2-06

(048A)

Expert

L2-07

(048B)

Expert

L2-08

(048C)

Expert

L2-09

(048D)

Expert

L2-10

(048E)

Expert

L2-11

(0461)

Expert

L2-29

(0475)

Expert

Name Description

Power Loss Ride Through Select

Sets the drive operation after a momentary power loss.

0 : Disabled

1 : Enabled for L2-02 Time

2 : Enabled while CPU Power Active

3 : Kinetic Energy Backup: L2-02

4 : Kinetic Energy Backup: CPU Power

5 : Kinetic Energy Backup: DecelStop

Power Loss Ride Through Time

Minimum Baseblock Time

Powerloss V/f Recovery Ramp Time

Undervoltage Detection Lvl (Uv1)

Sets the maximum time that the drive will wait until trying to restart after power loss.

Sets the minimum time to continue the drive output block (baseblock) after a baseblock.

Sets the time for the drive output voltage to go back to correct voltage after completing speed searches.

Sets the voltage at which a Uv1 [DC Bus Undervoltage] fault is triggered or at which the KEB function is activated. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

NOTICE: Damage to Equipment. When you set this parameter to a value lower than the default, you must install an AC reactor on the input side of the power supply. If you do not install an AC reactor, it will cause damage to the drive circuitry.

Kinetic Energy Backup Decel Time

Kinetic Energy Backup Accel Time

Frequency Gain at KEB Start

KEB Minimum Frequency Level

Minimum KEB Time

KEB DC Bus Voltage Setpoint

Kinetic Energy Backup Method

Sets the deceleration time during KEB operation used to decrease the maximum output frequency to 0.

Note:

When L2-29 = 1, 2, or 3 [Kinetic Energy Backup Method = Single Drive KEB RideThru 2, System KEB Ride-Thru 1, or System KEB Ride-Thru 2] and you do KEB Auto-

Tuning, the drive will automatically set this value.

Sets the acceleration time to return the frequency to the frequency reference before a power loss after canceling KEB operation.

Sets the quantity of output frequency reduction used when KEB operation starts as a percentage of the motor rated slip before starting KEB operation.

Sets the quantity of output frequency reduction used as a percentage of E2-02 [Motor Rated Slip] when KEB operation starts.

Sets the minimum length of time to operate the KEB after the drive detects a momentary power loss.

Sets the target value that controls the DC bus voltage to a constant level in Single Drive KEB Ride-Thru 2. Sets the DC bus voltage level that completes the KEB operation for all other KEB methods.

Sets the KEB function operation mode.

0 : Single Drive KEB Ride-Thru 1

1 : Single Drive KEB Ride-Thru 2

2 : System KEB Ride-Thru 1

3 : System KEB Ride-Thru 2

Default

(Range)

(0 - 5)

Determined by o2-04,

C6-01

(0.0 - 25.5 s)

Determined by o2-04,

C6-01

(0.1 - 5.0 s)

Determined by o2-04,

C6-01

(0.0 - 5.0 s)

Determined by o2-04 and

E1-01

(200 V Class: 150 - 210

V, 400 V Class: 300 - 420

0.0 s

(0.0 - 6000.0 s)

0.0 s

(0.0 - 6000.0 s)

100%

(0 - 300%)

20%

(0 - 100%)

50 ms

(0 - 25500 ms)

Determined by E1-01

(Determined by E1-01)

(0 - 3)

Ref.

369

370

371

372

373

68 YASKAWA TOEPYAIGA5002A GA500 Programming

1.11 L: Protection Functions

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

No.

(Hex.)

L2-30

(045E)

Name Description

KEB Zero Speed Operation

Expert

L2-31

(045D)

KEB Start Voltage Offset Level

Expert

◆ L3: Stall Prevention

No.

(Hex.)

L3-01

(048F)

L3-02

(0490)

L3-03

(0491)

L3-04

(0492)

L3-05

(0493)

Name Description

Stall Prevention during Accel

Stall Prevent Level during Accel

Stall Prevent Limit during Accel

Stall Prevention during Decel

Stall Prevention during RUN

Sets the operation when the output frequency decreases below the zero level (DC braking injection starting frequency) during KEB deceleration when L2-01 = 3 to 5 [Power Loss

Ride Through Select = Kinetic Energy Backup: L2-02, Kinetic Energy Backup: CPU Power, or Kinetic Energy Backup: DecelStop].

0 : Baseblock

1 : DC/SC Braking

Sets the KEB start voltage offset.

Sets the method of the Stall Prevention During Acceleration.

0 : Disabled

1 : Enabled

2 : Intelligent (Ignore Decel Ramp)

3 : Current Limit Acceleration

Sets the output current level at which the Stall Prevention function operates during acceleration where the drive rated output current is 100%.

Note:

The upper limit to the setting range changes when the setting for C6-01 [Normal / Heavy Duty Selection] changes.

• 150% when C6-01 = 0 [Heavy Duty Rating]

• 120% when C6-01 = 1 [Normal Duty Rating]

Sets the lower limit for the stall prevention level used in the constant output range as a percentage of the drive rated output current.

Sets the method that the drive will use to prevent overvoltage faults when decelerating.

Note:

1. To connect a dynamic braking option (braking resistor or braking resistor unit) to

the drive, set this parameter to 0 or 3. Parameter settings 1, 2, 4, 5, and 7 will enable Stall Prevention function during deceleration, and the dynamic braking option will not function.

2. The setting range changes when the A1-02 [Control Method Selection] value

changes:

• When A1-02 = 5 [OLV/PM], the setting range is 0 to 2.

• When A1-02 = 6 or 8 [AOLV/PM or EZOLV], the setting range is 0 or 1.

0 : No

1 : General Purpose

2 : Intelligent (Ignore Decel Ramp)

3 : General Purpose w/ DB resistor

4 : Overexcitation/High Flux

5 : Overexcitation/High Flux 2

7 : Overexcitation/High Flux 3

Sets the function to enable and disable Stall Prevention During Run.

Note:

• An output frequency less than 6 Hz disables Stall Prevention during Run. The setting values of L3-05 and L3-06 [Stall Prevent Level during Run] do not have an effect.

• The setting range changes when the A1-02 [Control Method Selection] value changes:

–A1-02 = 0, 5[V/f, OLV/PM] : 0 to 2 –A1-02 =8[EZOLV] : 0, 3

0 : No

1 : Deceleration Time 1 (C1-02)

2 : Deceleration Time 2 (C1-04)

3 : Intelligent (Ignore Decel Ramp)

Default

(Range)

(0, 1)

Determined by A1-02

(200 V Class: 0 - 100

V,400 V Class: 0 - 200 V)

Default

(Range)

(0 - 3)

Determined by C6-01

(0 - 150%)

50%

(0 - 100%)

(Determined by A1-02)

(0 - Determined by A1-

02)

Ref.

373

374

Ref.

374

376

377

379

Parameter List

YASKAWA TOEPYAIGA5002A GA500 Programming 69

1.11 L: Protection Functions

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

No.

(Hex.)

L3-06

(0494)

L3-11

(04C7)

L3-17

(0462)

L3-20

(0465)

Expert

L3-21

(0466)

Expert

L3-22

(04F9)

L3-23

(04FD)

L3-24

(046E)

Expert

L3-25

(046F)

Expert

L3-26

(0455)

Expert

L3-27

(0456)

L3-34

(016F)

Expert

L3-35

(0747)

Expert

L3-36

(11D0)

L3-37

(11D1)

Expert

L3-38

(11D2)

Expert

Name Description

Stall Prevent Level during Run

Sets the output current level at which the Stall Prevention function is enabled during run when the drive rated output current is 100%.

Note:

• This parameter is applicable when L3-05 = 1, 2 [Stall Prevention during RUN =

Deceleration Time 1 (C1-02), Deceleration Time 2 (C1-04)].

• The upper limit to the setting range changes when the setting for C6-01 [Normal /

Heavy Duty Selection] changes.

–150% when C6-01 = 0 [Heavy Duty Rating] –120% when C6-01 = 1 [Normal Duty Rating]

Overvoltage Suppression Select

Sets the overvoltage suppression function.

0 : Disabled

1 : Enabled

DC Bus Regulation Level

Sets the target value for the DC bus voltage when the overvoltage suppression function and the Decel Stall Prevention function (Intelligent Stall Prevention) are active.

DC Bus Voltage Adjustment Gain

OVSuppression Accel/ Decel P Gain

PM Stall Prevention Decel Time

Stall P Reduction at Constant HP

Sets the proportional gain used to control the DC bus voltage.

Sets the proportional gain to calculate acceleration and deceleration rates.

Sets the momentary deceleration time that the drive will use when it tries to accelerate a PM motor and detected motor stalls. This function is applicable when L3-01 = 1 [Stall Prevent Select duringAccel = General Purpose].

Sets the function to automatically decrease the Stall Prevention Level during Run for constant output ranges.

0 : Use L3-06 for Entire Speed Range

1 : Automatic Reduction @ CHP Region

Motor Accel Time @ Rated Torque

Sets the motor acceleration time to reach the maximum frequency at the motor rated torque for stopped single-drive motors.

Load Inertia Ratio

Sets the ratio between motor inertia and machine inertia.

Additional DC Bus Capacitors

Stall Prevention Detection Time

Sets the capacity for external main circuit capacitors. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting. Sets this parameter when you use the KEB Ride-Thru function.

Sets a delay time between reaching the Stall Prevention level and starting the Stall Prevention function.

Torque Limit Delay Time

Sets the filter time constant that returns the torque limit to its initial value when KEB operation operates in Single Drive KEB Ride-Thru mode.

Speed Agree Width for Auto Decel

Current Suppression Gain@Accel

Current Limit P Gain @ Accel

Current Limit I Time @ Accel

Sets the width for speed agreement when L3-04 = 2 [Decel Stall Prevention Selection = Automatic Decel Reduction]. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

Sets the gain to suppress current and motor speed hunting during operation when L3-01 = 3 [Stall Prevention during Accel = Current Limit Method]. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

Suppresses current hunting during acceleration. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

Suppresses current hunting and overshooting that occurs when the drive stalls during acceleration. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

Default

(Range)

Determined by C6-01

(5 - 150%)

(0, 1)

200 V Class: 375 V, 400

V: 750 V

(200 V Class: 150 to 400

V, 400 V Class: 300 to

800 V)

Determined by A1-02

(0.00 - 5.00)

Determined by A1-02

(0.10 - 10.00)

0.0 s

(0.0 - 6000.0 s)

(0, 1)

Determined by o2-04,

C6-01, E2-11, and E5-01

(0.001 - 10.000 s)

1.0

(0.1 - 1000.0)

0 μF

(0 to 65000 μF)

60 ms

(0 - 5000 ms)

Determined by A1-02

(0.000 - 1.000 s)

0.00 Hz

(0.00 - 1.00 Hz)

Determined by A1-02

(0.0 - 100.0)

5 ms

(0 - 100 ms)

10.0

(0.0 - 100.0)

Ref.

379

380

381

382

383

70 YASKAWA TOEPYAIGA5002A GA500 Programming

1.11 L: Protection Functions

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

No.

(Hex.)

L3-39

(11D3)

L3-40

(11D4)

Name Description

Current Limit Filter Time @Accel

Current Limit S-Curve @ Acc/Dec

Sets the time constant to adjust the acceleration rate when L3-01 = 3 [Stall Prevention during Accel = Current Limit Method]. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

Sets the function to enable and disable the best S-curve characteristic used for currentlimited acceleration.

0 : Disabled

1 : Enabled

◆ L4: Speed Detection

No.

(Hex.)

L4-01

(0499)

L4-02

(049A)

L4-03

(049B)

L4-04

(049C)

L4-05

(049D)

L4-06

(04C2)

L4-07

(0470)

L4-08

(047F)

Name Description

Speed Agree Detection Level

Speed Agree Detection Width

Speed Agree Detection Level(+/-)

Speed Agree Detection Width(+/-)

Fref Loss Detection Selection

Sets the level to detect speed agree or motor speed.

Sets the level to detect speed agree or motor speed when H2-01 to H2-03 = 2, 3, 4, 5

[MFDO Function Selection = Speed Agree 1, User-set Speed Agree 1, Frequency Detection 1, Frequency Detection 2].

Sets the width to detect speed agree or motor speed.

Sets the width to detect speed agree or motor speed when H2-01 to H2-03 = 2, 3, 4, 5

[MFDO Function Selection = Speed Agree 1, User-set Speed Agree 1, Frequency Detection 1, Frequency Detection 2].

Sets the level to detect speed agree or motor speed.

Sets the level to detect speed agree or motor speed when H2-01 to H2-03 = 13, 14, 15, 16

[MFDO Function Selection = Speed Agree 2, User-set Speed Agree 2, Frequency Detection 3, Frequency Detection 4].

Sets the width to detect speed agree or motor speed.

Sets the width to detect speed agree or motor speed when H2-01 to H2-03 = 13, 14, 15, 16

[MFDO Function Selection = Speed Agree 2, User-set Speed Agree 2, Frequency Detection 3, Frequency Detection 4].

Sets the operation when the drive detects a loss of frequency reference.

0 : Stop

1 : Run at (L4-06 x Last Reference)

Frequency Reference @Loss of Ref

Speed Agree Detection Selection

Sets the frequency reference as a percentage to continue drive operation after it detects a frequency reference loss. The value is a percentage of the frequency reference before the drive detected the loss.

Sets the condition that activates speed detection.

0 : No Detection during Baseblock

1 : Detection Always Enabled

Speed Agree Source Selection

Sets the drive to use the soft starter output frequency or the motor speed (estimation value) for speed detection.

0 : Softstarter Output (Reference)

1 : Motor Speed (Actual Speed)

◆ L5: Fault Restart

Default

(Range)

100.0 ms

(1.0 - 1000.0 ms)

(0, 1)

Default

(Range)

Determined by A1-02

(Determined by A1-02)

Determined by A1-02

(Determined by A1-02)

Determined by A1-02

(Determined by A1-02)

Determined by A1-02

(Determined by A1-02)

(0, 1)

80.0%

(0.0 - 100.0%)

(0, 1)

Ref.

383

Ref.

384

385

Parameter List

No.

(Hex.)

L5-01

(049E)

L5-02

(049F)

Name Description

Number of Auto-Restart Attempts

Fault Contact at Restart Select

Sets the number of times that the drive will try to restart.

Sets the function that sends signals to the MFDO terminal set for Fault [H2-xx = E] while the drive is automatically restarting.

Default

(Range)

(0 - 10 times)

(0, 1)

Ref.

387

0 : Active Only when Not Restarting

1 : Always Active

YASKAWA TOEPYAIGA5002A GA500 Programming 71

1.11 L: Protection Functions

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

No.

(Hex.)

L5-04

(046C)

L5-05

(0467)

L5-07

(0B2A)

L5-08

(0B2B)

Name Description

Interval Method Restart Time

Sets the time interval between each Auto Restart attempt. This function is enabled when L5-05 = 1 [Auto Restart Operation Selection = Use L5-04 Time].

Auto-Restart Method

Sets the count method for the Auto Restart operation.

0 : Continuous/Immediate Attempts

1 : Interval/Attempt after L5-04 sec

Fault Reset Enable Select Grp1

Use these 4 digits to set the Auto Restart function for oL1 to oL4. From left to right, the digits set oL1, oL2, oL3, and oL4, in order.

0000 : Disabled

0001 : Enabled (—/—/—/oL4)

0010 : Enabled (—/—/oL3/—)

0011 : Enabled (—/—/oL3/oL4)

0100 : Enabled (—/oL2/—/—)

0101 : Enabled (—/oL2/—/oL4)

0110 : Enabled (—/oL2/oL3/—)

0111 : Enabled (—/oL2/oL3/oL4)

1000 : Enabled (oL1/—/—/—)

1001 : Enabled (oL1/—/—/oL4)

1010 : Enabled (oL1/—/oL3/—)

1011 : Enabled (oL1/—/oL3/oL4)

1100 : Enabled (oL1/oL2/—/—)

1101 : Enabled (oL1/oL2/—/oL4)

1110 : Enabled (oL1/oL2/oL3/—)

1111 : Enabled (oL1/oL2/oL3/oL4)

Fault Reset Enable Select Grp2

Use these 4 digits to set the Auto Restart function for Uv1, ov, oH1, and GF. From left to right, the digits set Uv1, ov, oH1, and GF, in order.

0000 : Disabled

0001 : Enabled (—/–/—/GF)

0010 : Enabled (—/–/oH1/–)

0011 : Enabled (—/–/oH1/GF)

0100 : Enabled (—/ov/—/–)

0101 : Enabled (—/ov/—/GF)

0110 : Enabled (—/ov/oH1/–)

0111 : Enabled (—/ov/oH1/GF)

1000 : Enabled (Uv1/–/—/–)

1001 : Enabled (Uv1/–/—/GF)

1010 : Enabled (Uv1/–/oH1/–)

1011 : Enabled (Uv1/–/oH1/GF)

1100 : Enabled (Uv1/ov/—/–)

1101 : Enabled (Uv1/ov/—/GF)

1110 : Enabled (Uv1/ov/oH1/–)

1111 : Enabled (Uv1/ov/oH1/GF)

Default

(Range)

10.0 s

(0.5 - 600.0 s)

(0, 1)

1111

(0000 - 1111)

1111

(0000 - 1111)

Ref.

387

388

72 YASKAWA TOEPYAIGA5002A GA500 Programming

◆ L6: Torque Detection

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

1.11 L: Protection Functions

No.

(Hex.)

L6-01

(04A1)

L6-02

(04A2)

L6-03

(04A3)

L6-04

(04A4)

L6-05

(04A5)

L6-06

(04A6)

L6-07

(04E5)

L6-08

(0468)

L6-09

(0469)

Name Description

Torque Detection Selection 1

Sets the speed range that detects overtorque and undertorque and the operation of drives (operation status) after detection.

0 : Disabled

1 : oL @ Speed Agree - Alarm only

2 : oL @ RUN - Alarm only

3 : oL @ Speed Agree - Fault

4 : oL @ RUN - Fault

5 : UL @ Speed Agree - Alarm only

6 : UL @ RUN - Alarm only

7 : UL @ Speed Agree - Fault

8 : UL @ RUN - Fault

Torque Detection Level 1

Sets the detection level for Overtorque/Undertorque Detection 1. In V/f control, drive rated output current = 100% value. In vector control, motor rated torque = 100% value.

Torque Detection Time 1

Sets the detection time for Overtorque/Undertorque Detection 1.

Torque Detection Selection 2

Sets the speed range that detects overtorque and undertorque and the operation of drives (operation status) after detection.

0 : Disabled

1 : oL @ Speed Agree - Alarm only

2 : oL @ RUN - Alarm only

3 : oL @ Speed Agree - Fault

4 : oL @ RUN - Fault

5 : UL @ Speed Agree - Alarm only

6 : UL @ RUN - Alarm only

7 : UL @ Speed Agree - Fault

8 : UL @ RUN - Fault

Torque Detection Level 2

Sets the detection level for Overtorque/Undertorque Detection 2. In V/f control, drive rated output current = 100% value. In vector control, motor rated torque = 100% value.

Torque Detection Time 2

Sets the detection time for Overtorque/Undertorque Detection 2.

Torque Detection Filter Time

Mechanical Fatigue Detect Select

Sets the time constant for a primary filter to the torque reference or to the output current used to detect overtorque/undertorque.

Sets the speed where the drive detects mechanical deterioration and how the drive operates (operation status) after detection.

0 : Disabled

1 : oL5 @ Speed > L6-09 - Alarm

2 : oL5 @ |Speed| > L6-09 - Alarm

3 : oL5 @ Speed > L6-09 - Fault

4 : oL5 @ |Speed| > L6-09 - Fault

5 : UL5 @ Speed < L6-09 - Alarm

6 : UL5 @ |Speed| < L6-09 - Alarm

7 : UL5 @ Speed < L6-09 - Fault

8 : UL5 @ |Speed| < L6-09 - Fault

Mech Fatigue Detect Speed Level

Sets the speed level where the drive will operate the mechanical deterioration detection function, as a percentage of the Maximum Output Frequency.

Note:

Parameter A1-02 [Control Method Selection] selects which parameter is the maximum output frequency.

• A1-02 ≠ 8 [EZOLV]: E1-04 [Maximum Output Frequency]

• A1-02 = 8: E9-02 [Maximum Speed]

Default

(Range)

(0 - 8)

150%

(0 - 300%)

0.1 s

(0.0 - 10.0 s)

(0 - 8)

150%

(0 - 300%)

0.1 s

(0.0 - 10.0 s)

0 ms

(0 - 1000 ms)

(0 - 8)

110.0%

(-110.0 - 110.0%)

Ref.

391

392

393

Parameter List

394

YASKAWA TOEPYAIGA5002A GA500 Programming 73

1.11 L: Protection Functions

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

No.

(Hex.)

L6-10

(046A)

L6-11

(046B)

Name Description

Mech Fatigue Detect Delay Time

Mech Fatigue Hold Off Time

◆ L7: Torque Limit

No.

(Hex.)

L7-01

(04A7)

RUN

L7-02

(04A8)

RUN

L7-03

(04A9)

RUN

L7-04

(04AA)

RUN

L7-06

(04AC)

L7-07

(04C9)

L7-16

(044D)

Name Description

Forward Torque Limit

Reverse Torque Limit

Forward Regenerative Trq Limit

Reverse Regenerative Trq Limit

Torque Limit Integral Time

Torque Limit during Accel/Decel

Torque Limit Process at Start

Sets the time for mechanical deterioration detection.

Sets the time that the drive will start mechanical deterioration detection triggered by the cumulative operation time of the drive.

Sets the torque limit value for forward motoring as a percentage, where motor rated torque is the 100% value.

Sets the torque limit value for reversed motoring as a percentage, where motor rated torque is the 100% value.

Sets the torque limit value for forward regenerative conditions as a percentage of the motor rated torque.

Sets the torque limit value for reversed regenerative conditions as a percentage of the motor rated torque.

Sets the integral time constant for the torque limit function.

Sets the torque limit function during acceleration and deceleration.

0 : Proportional only

1 : Proportional & Integral control

Assigns a time filter to allow the torque limit to build at start.

0 : Disabled

1 : Enabled

Default

(Range)

0.1 s

(0.0 - 10.0 s)

0 h

(0 - 65535 h)

Default

(Range)

200%

(0 - 300%)

200%

(0 - 300%)

200%

(0 - 300%)

200%

(0 - 300%)

200 ms

(5 - 10000 ms)

(0, 1)

Ref.

394

Ref.

395

396

397

◆ L8: Drive Protection

No.

(Hex.)

L8-01

(04AD)

L8-02

(04AE)

L8-03

(04AF)

L8-05

(04B1)

Name Description

3% ERF DB Resistor Protection

Sets the function to enable braking resistor protection with a Yaskawa ERF series braking resistor (3% ED) installed on the heatsink.

0 : No

1 : Yes

Overheat Alarm Level

Sets the oH detection level in temperature.

Overheat Pre-Alarm Selection

Sets the operation of drives when an oH alarm is detected.

0 : Ramp to Stop

1 : Coast to Stop

2 : Fast Stop (Use C1-09)

3 : Alarm Only

4 : Operate at Reduced Speed (L8-19)

Input Phase Loss Protection Sel

Sets the function to enable and disable input phase loss detection.

0 : Disable

1 : Enabled

Default

(Range)

(0, 1)

Determined by o2-04,

C6-01

(50 - 150 °C)

(0 - 4)

(0, 1)

Ref.

397

398

74 YASKAWA TOEPYAIGA5002A GA500 Programming

1.11 L: Protection Functions

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

No.

(Hex.)

L8-07

(04B3)

L8-09

(04B5)

L8-10

(04B6)

L8-11

(04B7)

L8-12

(04B8)

L8-15

(04BB)

L8-18

(04BE)

L8-19

(04BF)

L8-27

(04DD)

L8-29

(04DF)

L8-31

(04E1)

Name Description

Output Phase Loss Protection Sel

Sets the function to enable and disable output phase loss detection. The drive starts output phase loss detection when the output current decreases to less than 5% of the drive rated current.

Note:

The drive can incorrectly start output phase loss detection in these conditions:

• The motor rated current is very small compared to the drive rating.

• The drive is operating a PM motor with a small load.

0 : Disabled

1 : Fault when one phase is lost

2 : Fault when two phases are lost

Output Ground Fault Detection

Sets the function to enable and disable ground fault protection.

0 : Disabled

1 : Enabled

Heatsink Fan Operation Selection

Sets operation of the heatsink cooling fan.

0 : During Run, w/ L8-11 Off-Delay

1 : Always On

2 : On when Drive Temp Reaches L8-64

Heatsink Fan Off-Delay Time

Ambient Temperature Setting

Sets the length of time that the drive will wait before it stops the cooling fan after it cancels the Run command when L8-10 = 0 [Heatsink Cooling Fan Ope Select = Dur Run (OffDly)].

Sets the ambient temperature of the drive installation area.

Note:

The setting range changes when the L8-35 [Installation Method Selection] value changes:

• 0 [IP20/UL Open Type]: -10 °C to +60 °C

• 1 [Side-by-Side Mounting]: -10 °C to +50 °C

• 2 [IP20/UL Type 1]: -10 °C to +50 °C

• 3 [External Heatsink]: -10 °C to +50 °C

Drive oL2 @ Low Speed Protection

Sets the function to decrease drive overload at low speeds to prevent damage to the main circuit transistor during low speed operation (at 6 Hz or slower) to prevent oL2 [Drive Overloaded].

Note:

Contact Yaskawa or your nearest sales representative before disabling this function at low speeds. If you frequently operate drives with high output current in low speed ranges, it can cause heat stress and decrease the life span of drive IGBTs.

0 : Disabled (No Additional Derate)

1 : Enabled (Reduced oL2 Level)

Software Current Limit Selection

Set the software current limit selection function to prevent damage to the main circuit transistor caused by too much current.

0 : Disabled

1 : Enabled

Freq Reduction @ oH Pre-Alarm

Overcurrent Detection Gain

Sets the ratio at which the drive derates the frequency reference during an oH alarm.

Sets the PM motor overcurrent detection level as a percentage of the motor rated current value.

Note:

Parameter A1-02 [Control Method Selection] selects which parameter is the motor rated current.

• A1-02 ≠ 8[EZOLV]: E5-03 [PM Motor Rated Current (FLA)]

• A1-02 = 8: E9-06 [Motor Rated Current (FLA)]

Output Unbalance Detection Sel

Sets the function to detect LF2.

0 : Disabled

1 : Enabled

LF2 Detection Time

Sets the LF2 [Output Current Imbalance] detection time.

Default

(Range)

(0 - 2)

Determined by o2-04

(0, 1)

(0 - 2)

60 s

(0 - 300 s)

40 °C

(-10 °C - +60 °C)

(0, 1)

0.8

(0.1 - 0.9)

300.0%

(0.0 - 1000.0%)

(0, 1)

(1 – 100)

Ref.

399

400

401

Parameter List

YASKAWA TOEPYAIGA5002A GA500 Programming 75

1.11 L: Protection Functions

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

No.

(Hex.)

L8-35

(04EC)

L8-40

(04F1)

L8-41

(04F2)

L8-51

(0471)

Expert

L8-52

(0472)

Expert

L8-53

(0473)

Expert

L8-54

(0474)

Expert

L8-55

(045F)

L8-56

(047D)

Expert

L8-57

(047E)

Expert

L8-90

(0175)

Expert

L8-93

(073C)

Expert

L8-94

(073D)

Expert

L8-95

(077F)

Expert

Name Description

Installation Method Selection

Sets the type of drive installation.

0 : IP20/UL Open Type

1 : Side-by-Side Mounting

2 : IP20/UL Type 1

3 : External Heatsink

Carrier Freq Reduction Off-Delay

High Current Alarm Selection

Sets the length of time until the automatically reduced carrier frequency returns to the condition before the reduction.

Sets the function to cause an HCA [Current Alarm] when the output current is more than 150% of the drive rated current.

0 : No

1 : Yes

STPo I Detection Level

Sets the STPo [Motor Step-Out Detected] detection level as a percentage of the motor rated current.

Note:

Parameter A1-02 [Control Method Selection] selects which parameter is the motor rated current.

• A1-02 = 5 [OLV/PM]: E5-03 [PM Motor Rated Current (FLA)]

• A1-02 = 8 [EZOLV]: E9-06 [Motor Rated Current (FLA)]

STPo Integration Level

Sets the detection level for STPo [Motor Step-Out Detected] related to the ACR integral value.

STPo Integration Time

Sets the length of time until the drive detects STPo after it is more than the value of L8-51 [STPo I Detection Level].

STPo Id Diff Detection

Sets the Id deviation detection function for STPo [Motor Step-Out Detected].

0 : Disabled

1 : Enabled

Internal DB TransistorProtection

Sets the protection function for the internal braking transistor.

0 : Disable

1 : Protection Enabled

Stall P @ Accel Activation Time

Stall Prevention Retry Counts

STPo Detection Level (Low Speed)

Low Speed Pull-out DetectionTime

Low Speed Pull-out Detect Level

Low Speed Pull-out Amount

Sets the length time that the acceleration stall prevention function can continue to operate before the drive detects an STPo [Motor Step-Out Detected].

Sets the number of times the acceleration stall prevention function can operate until speeds agree before the drive detects an STPo [Motor Step-Out Detected].

Sets the detection level that the control fault must be equal to or more than to cause an STPo [Motor Step-Out Detected].

Sets the length of time the drive will wait to start baseblock after detecting LSo [Low Speed Motor Step-Out].

Sets the detection level for LSo [Low Speed Motor Step-Out] as a percentage of E1-04 [Maximum Output Frequency].

Sets the average count of LSo [Low Speed Motor Step-Out] detections.

Default

(Range)

(0 - 3)

Determined by A1-02

(0.00 - 2.00 s)

(0, 1)

0.0%

(0.0 - 300.0%)

1.0

(0.1 - 2.0)

1.0 s

(1.0 - 10.0 s)

(0, 1)

5000 ms

(100 - 5000 ms)

(1 - 10 times)

Determined by A1-02

(0 - 5000 times)

1.0 s

(0.0 - 10.0 s)

(0 - 10%)

(1 - 50 times)

Ref.

401

402

403

404

76 YASKAWA TOEPYAIGA5002A GA500 Programming

1.12 n: Special Adjustment

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

◆ n1: Hunting Prevention

1.12 n: Special Adjustment

No.

(Hex.)

n1-01

(0580)

n1-02

(0581)

Expert

n1-03

(0582)

Expert

n1-05

(0530)

Expert

n1-13

(1B59)

Expert

n1-14

(1B5A)

Expert

Name Description

Hunting Prevention Selection

Sets the function to prevent hunting.

Note:

When you replace a V1000-series drive with a GA500 drive, set n1-01 = 1 [Hunting Prevention Selection = Enabled].

0 : Disable

1 : Enabled

Hunting Prevention Gain Setting

Hunting Prevention Time Constant

Hunting Prevent Gain in Reverse

DC Bus Stabilization Control

Sets the performance of the hunting prevention function. Usually it is not necessary to change this parameter.

Sets the primary delay time constant of the hunting prevention function. Usually it is not necessary to change this parameter.

Sets the performance of the hunting prevention function. This parameter adjusts Reverse run. Usually it is not necessary to change this parameter.

Sets the oscillation suppression function for the DC bus voltage.

0 : Disabled

1 : Enabled

DC Bus Stabilization Time

Adjusts the responsiveness of the oscillation suppression function for the DC bus voltage. Set n1-13 = 1 [DC Bus Stabilization Control = Enabled] to enable this parameter.

Default

(Range)

( 0, 1 )

1.00

(0.00 - 2.50)

Determined by o2-04

(0 - 500 ms)

0.00

(0.00 - 2.50)

(0, 1)

100.0 ms

(50.0 - 500.0 ms)

Ref.

405

406

◆ n2: Auto Freq Regulator (AFR)

No.

(Hex.)

n2-01

(0584)

n2-02

(0585)

n2-03

(0586)

Name Description

Automatic Freq Regulator Gain

Automatic Freq Regulator Time 1

Automatic Freq Regulator Time 2

Sets the gain of the AFR function as a magnification value. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

Sets the time constant that sets the rate of change for the AFR function. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

Sets the time constant that sets the speed difference of the AFR function. Use this parameter for speed searches or regeneration. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

◆ n3: High Slip/Overexcite Braking

No.

(Hex.)

n3-01

(0588)

Expert

n3-02

(0589)

Expert

Name Description

HSB Deceleration Frequency Width

Sets the amount by which the output frequency is to be lowered during high-slip braking, as a percentage of E1-04 [Maximum Output Frequency], which represents the 100% value.

HSB Current Limit Level

Sets the maximum current output during high-slip braking as a percentage, where E2-01 [Motor Rated Current (FLA)] is 100%. Also set the current suppression to prevent exceeding drive overload tolerance.

Note:

The upper limit to the setting range changes when the setting for C6-01 [Normal / Heavy Duty Selection] changes.

• 150% when C6-01 = 0 [Heavy Duty Rating]

• 120% when C6-01 = 1 [Normal Duty Rating]

Default

(Range)

1.00

(0.00 - 10.00)

50 ms

(0 - 2000 ms)

750 ms

(0 - 2000 ms)

Default

(Range)

(1 - 20%)

Determined by C6-01

(0 - 150%)

Ref.

406

407

Ref.

409

Parameter List

YASKAWA TOEPYAIGA5002A GA500 Programming 77

1.12 n: Special Adjustment

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

No.

(Hex.)

n3-03

(058A)

Expert

n3-04

(058B)

Expert

n3-13

(0531)

n3-14

(0532)

Expert

Name Description

HSB Dwell Time at Stop

Sets the dwell time, a length of time when high-slip braking is ending and during which the motor speed decreases and runs at a stable speed. For a set length of time, the drive will hold the actual output frequency at the minimum output frequency set in E1-09.

HSB Overload Time

Sets the time used to detect oL7 [High Slip Braking Overload], which occurs when the output frequency does not change during high-slip braking. Usually it is not necessary to change this parameter.

OverexcitationBraking (OEB) Gain

OEB High Frequency Injection

Sets the gain value that the drive multiplies by the V/f pattern output value during overexcitation deceleration to calculate the overexcitation level.

Sets the function that injects harmonic signals during overexcitation deceleration.

0 : Disabled

1 : Enabled

n3-21

(0579)

n3-23

(057B)

HSB Current Suppression Level

Overexcitation Braking Operation

Sets the upper limit of the current that is suppressed at the time of overexcitation deceleration as a percentage of the drive rated current.

Sets the direction of motor rotation where the drive will enable overexcitation.

0 : Disabled

1 : Enabled Only when Rotating FWD

2 : Enabled Only when Rotating REV

◆ n5: Feed Forward Control

Default

(Range)

1.0 s

(0.0 - 10.0 s)

40 s

(30 - 1200 s)

1.10

(1.00 - 1.40)

(0, 1)

100%

(0 - 150%)

(0 - 2)

Ref.

409

410

No.

(Hex.)

n5-01

(05B0)

n5-02

(05B1)

n5-03

(05B2)

n5-04

(05B3)

Name Description

Feed Forward Control Selection

Motor Inertia Acceleration Time

Feed Forward Control Gain

Speed Response Frequency

RUN

Expert

◆ n6: Online Tuning

No.

(Hex.)

n6-01

(0570)

n6-05

(05C7)

Expert

Name Description

Online Tuning Selection

Online Tuning Gain

Sets the feed forward function.

0 : Disabled

1 : Enabled

Sets the length of time for the motor to accelerate from the stopped to the maximum frequency with a single motor at the rated torque. Inertia Tuning automatically sets the motor acceleration time.

Sets the ratio between load inertia and motor inertia. Inertia Tuning automatically sets the Feedforward Control Gain value.

Sets the response frequency for the speed reference. Usually it is not necessary to change this parameter.

Sets the type of motor data that Online Tuning uses for OLV control.

0 : Disabled

1 : Line-to-Line Resistance Tuning

2 : Voltage Correction Tuning

Sets the compensation gain when n6-01 = 2 [Online Tuning Selection = Voltage Correction Tuning]. Usually it is not necessary to change this parameter.

Default

(Range)

(0, 1)

Determined by C6-01,

E5-01, and o2-04

(0.001 - 10.000 s)

1.00

(0.00 - 100.00)

Determined by A1-02

(0.00 - 500.00 Hz)

Default

(Range)

(0 - 2)

1.0

(0.1 - 50.0)

Ref.

411

412

413

Ref.

413

414

78 YASKAWA TOEPYAIGA5002A GA500 Programming

◆ n7: EZ Drive

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

1.12 n: Special Adjustment

No.

(Hex.)

n7-01

(3111)

Expert

n7-05

(3115)

Expert

n7-07

(3117)

Expert

n7-08

(3118)

Expert

n7-10

(311A)

Expert

n7-17

(3122)

n7-19

(3128)

Expert

Name Description

Damping Gain for Low Frequency

Response Gain for Load Changes

Sets the oscillation suppression gain for the low speed range.

Sets the response gain related to changes in the load.

Speed Calculation Gain1

Sets the speed calculation gain during usual operation. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

Speed Calculation Gain2

Sets the speed calculation gain during a speed search.

Pull-in Current Switching Speed

Resistance TemperatureCorrection

Sets the speed range to operate with the pull-in current command. Drive rated frequency = 100% value. If there is a large quantity of oscillation when you operate in the low speed range, increase the setting value.

Sets the function to adjust for changes in the motor resistance value caused by changes in the temperature.

0 : Invalid

1 : Valid (Only 1 time)

2 : Valid (Every time)

Flux Error Compensation Gain

Sets the gain for magnetic flux compensation. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

Default

(Range)

1.0

(0.1 - 10.0)

(10 - 1000)

15.0 Hz

(1.0 - 50.0 Hz)

25.0 Hz

(1.0 - 50.0 Hz)

10.0%

(0.0 - 100.0%)

(0 to 2)

5000%

(0 - 50000%)

Ref.

414

415

◆ n8: PM Motor Control Tuning

No.

(Hex.)

n8-01

(0540)

n8-02

(0541)

n8-11

(054A)

n8-14

(054D)

Expert

n8-15

(054E)

Expert

n8-21

(0554)

Expert

n8-23

(0556)

Expert

n8-24

(0557)

Expert

n8-25

(0558)

Expert

Name Description

Pole Position Detection Current

Pole Alignment Current Level

Observer Calculation Gain 2

Polarity Compensation Gain 3

Polarity Compensation Gain 4

Motor Back-EMF (Ke) Gain

Sets, as a percentage, the Initial Rotor Position Estimated Current, taking the E5-03 [Motor Rated Current (FLA)] as the 100% value. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

Sets the current at the time of polar attraction as a percentage where E5-03 [motor rated current] is 100%. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

Sets the gain for speed estimation. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

ACR q Gain @PoleEst

Sets the proportional gain for current regulator q-axis control when the drive estimates the initial pole. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

ACR q Integral Time @PoleEst

Sets the integral time for current regulator q-axis control when the drive estimates the initial pole. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

ACR q Limit @PoleEst

Sets the q-axis limit of the current regulator when the drive estimates the initial pole. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

Default

(Range)

50%

(0 - 100%)

80%

(0 - 150%)

Determined by n8-72

(0.0 - 1000.0)

1.000

(0.000 - 10.000)

0.500

(0.000 - 10.000)

0.90

(0.80 - 1.00)

(0 - 2000)

0.0 ms

(0.0 - 100.0 ms)

(0 - 150%)

Ref.

415

416

417

Parameter List

YASKAWA TOEPYAIGA5002A GA500 Programming 79

1.12 n: Special Adjustment

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

No.

(Hex.)

n8-26

(0559)

Expert

n8-27

(055A)

Expert

n8-28

(055B)

Expert

n8-35

(0562)

n8-36

(0563)

n8-37

(0564)

Expert

n8-39

(0566)

n8-41

(0568)

Expert

n8-42

(0569)

Expert

n8-45

(0538)

n8-46

(0539)

Expert

n8-47

(053A)

n8-48

(053B)

RUN

Name Description

ACR d Gain @PoleEst

Sets the proportional gain for current regulator d-axis control when the drive estimates the initial pole. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

ACR d Integral Time @PoleEst

Sets the integral time for current regulator d-axis control when the drive estimates the initial pole. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

ACR d Lim @PoleEst

Sets the d-axis limit of the current regulator when the drive estimates the initial pole. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

Initial Pole Detection Method

Sets how the drive detects the position of the rotor when the motor starts.

Note:

• When you use an SPM motor, set n8-35 = 0. When you use an IPM motor, set n8-35

= 0 to 2.

• When you set n8-35 = 1, do High Frequency Injection Auto-Tuning.

0 : Pull-in

1 : High Frequency Injection

2 : Pulse Injection

HFI Frequency Level for L Tuning

HFI Voltage Amplitude Level

Sets the injection frequency for high frequency injection.

Note:

• Set n8-35 = 1 [Initial Pole Detection Method = High Frequency Injection] or n8-57

= 1 [HFI Overlap Selection = Enabled] to enable this parameter.

• The drive automatically calculates this value when High Frequency Injection Auto-

Tuning completes successfully.

Sets the high frequency injection amplitude as a percentage where 200 V = 100% for 200 V class drives and 400 V = 100% for a 400 V class drives. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

Note:

• Set n8-35 = 1 [Initial Pole Detection Method = High Frequency Injection] or n8-57

= 1 [HFI Overlap Selection = Enabled] to enable this parameter.

• The drive automatically calculates this value when High Frequency Injection Auto-

Tuning completes successfully.

HFI LPF Cutoff Freq

Sets the low-pass filter shut-off frequency for high frequency injection.

Note:

• Set n8-35 = 1 [Initial Pole Detection Method = High Frequency Injection] or n8-57

= 1 [HFI Overlap Selection = Enabled] to enable this parameter.

• The drive automatically calculates this value when High Frequency Injection Auto-

Tuning completes successfully.

HFI P Gain

Sets the response gain for the high frequency injection speed estimation.

Note:

• Set n8-35 = 1 [Initial Pole Detection Method = High Frequency Injection] or n8-57

= 1 [HFI Overlap Selection = Enabled] to enable this parameter.

• When A1-02= 6 [Control Method Selection = AOLV/PM], if you do High Frequency

Injection Auto-Tuning, the drive automatically sets this parameter .

HFI I Time

Sets the integral time constant for the high frequency injection speed estimation. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

Speed Feedback Detection Gain

PM Phase Compensation Gain

Pull-in Current Comp Filter Time

Pull-in/Light Load Id Current

Sets the internal speed feedback detection reduction unit gain as a magnification value. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

Sets the gain to compensate for phase differences. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

Sets the time constant the drive uses to align the pull-in current reference value with the actual current value. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

On the basis that parameter E5-03 [Motor Rated Current (FLA)] is the 100% value, this parameter sets the d-axis current that flows to the motor during run at constant speed as a percentage.

Default

(Range)

500

(0 - 2000)

0.0 ms

(0.0 - 100.0 ms)

100%

(0 - 150%)

Determined by A1-02

(0 - 2)

500 Hz

(200 - 1000 Hz)

20.0%

(0.0 - 50.0%)

250 Hz

(0 - 1000 Hz)

2.5

(-10.0 - +10.0)

0.10 s

(0.00 - 9.99 s)

0.80

(0.00 - 10.00)

0.3

(0.0 - 10.0)

5.0 s

(0.0 - 100.0 s)

30%

(0 - 200%)

Ref.

417

418

419

80 YASKAWA TOEPYAIGA5002A GA500 Programming

1.12 n: Special Adjustment

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

No.

(Hex.)

n8-49

(053C)

RUN

Expert

n8-50

(053D)

Expert

n8-51

(053E)

n8-54

(056D)

Expert

n8-55

(056E)

n8-57

(0574)

n8-62

(057D)

Expert

n8-63

(057E)

Expert

n8-65

(065C)

Expert

n8-69

(065D)

Expert

n8-72

(0655)

Expert

n8-74

(05C3)

Expert

n8-75

(05C4)

Expert

n8-77

(05CE)

Expert

Name Description

Heavy Load Id Current

Sets the d-axis current to that the drive will supply to the motor to run it at a constant speed with a heavy load. Considers E5-03 [PM Motor Rated Current (FLA)] to be 100%. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

Medium Load Iq Level (High)

Pull-in Current @ Acceleration

Sets the load current level at which heavy load control starts where E5-03 [Motor Rated Current (FLA)] is 100%. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

Sets the pull-in current allowed to flow during acceleration/deceleration as a percentage of the motor rated current.

Note:

Parameter A1-02 [Control Method Selection] selects which parameter is the motor rated current.

• A1-02 = 5 [OLV/PM]: E5-03 [Motor Rated Current (FLA)]

• A1-02 = 8 [EZOLV]: E9-06 [Motor Rated Current (FLA)]

Voltage Error Compensation Time

Motor to Load Inertia Ratio

Sets the time constant that the drive uses when adjusting for voltage errors.

Sets the ratio between motor inertia and machine inertia.

0 : Below 1:10

1 : Between 1:10 and 1:30

2 : Between 1:30 and 1:50

3 : Beyond 1:50

HFI Overlap Selection

Sets the function that detects motor speed with high frequency injection.

Note:

When you set n8-57 = 1, do High Frequency Injection Auto-Tuning.

0 : Disabled

1 : Enabled

Output Voltage Limit Level

Sets the output voltage limit to prevent saturation of the output voltage. Usually it is not necessary to change this parameter.

Note:

When A1-02 = 8 [Control Method Selection = EZOLV], the default settings are:

• 200 V class: 230.0 V

• 400 V class: 460.0 V

Output Voltage Limit P Gain

Speed Fdbk Gain @ oV Suppression

Speed Observer Control P Gain

Speed Estimation Method Select

Sets the proportional gain for output voltage control. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

Sets the gain of internal speed feedback detection suppression while the overvoltage suppression function is operating as a magnification value. Usually it is not necessary to change this parameter.

Usually it is not necessary to change this setting. Sets the Proportional gain that the drive uses for speed estimation.

Selects the speed estimation method. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

0 : Method 1

1 : Method 2

Light Load Iq Level

Set n8-48 [Pull-in/Light Load Id Current] to the percentage of load current (q-axis current) that you will apply, where E5-03 [Motor Rated Current (FLA)] = a setting value of 100%.

Medium Load Iq Level (low)

Set n8-78 [Medium Load Id Current] to the percentage of load current (q-axis current) that you will apply, where E5-03 [Motor Rated Current (FLA)] = a setting value of 100%.

Heavy Load Iq Level

Set n8-49 [Heavy Load Id Current] to the percentage of load current (q-axis current) that you will apply, where E5-03 [Motor Rated Current (FLA)] = a setting value of 100%.

Default

(Range)

Determined by E5-01

(-200.0 - +200.0%)

80%

(50 - 255)

Determined by A1-02

(0 - 200%)

1.00 s

(0.00 - 10.00 s)

(0 - 3)

(0, 1)

200 V Class: 200.0 V, 400

V: 400.0 V

(200 V Class: 0.0 to 240.0

V, 400 V Class: 0.0 to

480.0 V)

1.00

(0.00 - 100.00)

1.50

(0.00 - 10.00)

1.00

(0.00 - 20.00)

(0, 1)

30%

(0 - 255%)

50%

(0 - 255%)

90%

(0 - 255%)

Ref.

420

421

422

423

Parameter List

YASKAWA TOEPYAIGA5002A GA500 Programming 81

1.12 n: Special Adjustment

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

No.

(Hex.)

n8-78

(05F4)

RUN

Expert

n8-79

(05FE)

n8-84

(02D3)

Expert

n8-87

(02BC)

n8-88

(02BD)

n8-89

(02BE)

n8-90

(02BF)

n8-91

(02F7)

n8-94

(012D)

Expert

n8-95

(012E)

Expert

Name Description

Medium Load Id Current

Sets the level of the pull-in current as a percentage, where E5-03 [PM Motor Rated Current (FLA)] = 100%.

Pull-in Current @ Deceleration

Sets the pull-in current that can flow during deceleration as a percentage of the E5-03 [PM Motor Rated Current (FLA)].

Note:

When n8-79 = 0, the drive will use the value set in n8-51 [Pull-in Current @ Acceleration].

Polarity Detection Current

Output Voltage Limit Method

Sets the current that the drive uses to estimate the initial motor magnetic pole as a percentage where E5-03 [PM Motor Rated Current (FLA)] = 100%.

Sets the method of output voltage limit. If there is vibration in the constant output range, set Feedforward Method. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

0 : Feedback Method

1 : Feedforward Method

Vout Limit Switching Level

Sets the current level at which output voltage limit sequence selection occurs as a percentage where the motor rated current is 100%. Normally there is no need to change this setting.

Note:

Parameter A1-02 [Control Method Selection] selects which parameter is the motor rated current.

• A1-02 = 5, 6 [OLV/PM, AOLV/PM]: E5-03 [PM Motor Rated Current (FLA)]

• A1-02 = 8[EZOLV]: E9-06 [PM Motor Rated Current (FLA)]

Vout Limit Switching Hysteresis

Sets the hysteresis width of the current level at which output voltage limit sequence selection occurs as a percentage where the motor rated current is 100%. Normally there is no need to change this setting.

Note:

Parameter A1-02 [Control Method Selection] selects which parameter is the motor rated current.

• A1-02 = 5, 6 [OLV/PM, AOLV/PM]: E5-03 [PM Motor Rated Current (FLA)]

• A1-02 = 8[EZOLV]: E9-06 [PM Motor Rated Current (FLA)]

Vout Limit Switching Speed

Sets the speed level at which output voltage limit sequence selection occurs as a percentage where the maximum output frequency is 100%. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

Note:

Parameter A1-02 [Control Method Selection] selects which parameter is the maximum output frequency.

• A1-02 = 5, 6 [OLV/PM, AOLV/PM]: E1-04 [Maximum Output Frequency]

• A1-02 = 8: E9-02 [Motor Max Revolutions]

Id Limit at Voltage Saturation

Flux Position Estimation Method

Sets the limit value of feedback output voltage limit Id operation. Enabled when n8-87 = 0 [Output Voltage Control Selection = Speed Feedback Form]. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

Sets the criteria that the drive uses to find changes in speed or load. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

0 : Softstarter

1 : Speed Feedback

Flux Position Est Filter Time

Sets the time constant of the filter used for the recognition criteria value for speed and load changes. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

Default

(Range)

(0 - 255%)

50%

(0 - 200%)

100%

(0 - 150%)

(0, 1)

400%

(0 - 400%)

200%

(0 - 200%)

-50%

(-200 - 0%)

(0, 1)

30 ms

(0 - 100 ms)

Ref.

423

424

425

◆ nA: PM Motor Control Tuning

No.

(Hex.)

nA-01

(3129)

Expert

82 YASKAWA TOEPYAIGA5002A GA500 Programming

Name Description

Observer Calc Gain 3

Sets the gain for speed estimation. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

Default

(Range)

30.0

(0.0 - 1000.0)

Ref.

425

1.13 o: Keypad-Related Settings

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

◆ o1: Keypad Display

1.13 o: Keypad-Related Settings

No.

(Hex.)

o1-01

(0500)

RUN

o1-02

(0501)

RUN

o1-03

(0502)

o1-04

(0503)

o1-05

(0504)

RUN

o1-10

(0520)

o1-11

(0521)

o1-24 to o1-35:

(11AD - 11B8)

RUN

o1-36

(11B9)

RUN

o1-37

(11BA)

RUN

o1-38

(11BB)

RUN

o1-39

(11BC)

RUN

Name Description

User Monitor Selection

Sets the U monitor for the Drive Mode. This parameter is only available when you use an LED keypad.

Monitor Selection at Power-up

Sets the monitor item that the keypad screen shows after energizing the drive. Refer to “U: Monitors” for information about the monitor items that the keypad screen can show. This parameter is only available when you use an LED keypad.

1 : Frequency Reference (U1-01)

2 : Direction

3 : Output Frequency (U1-02)

4 : Output Current (U1-03)

5 : User Monitor (o1-01)

Frequency Display Unit Selection

Sets the display units for the frequency reference and output frequency.

0 : 0.01Hz units

1 : 0.01% units

2 : Revolutions Per Minute (RPM)

3 : User Units

V/f Pattern Display Unit

Sets the setting unit for parameters that set the V/f pattern frequency.

0 : Hz

-1

1 : min

(r/min) unit

LCD Contrast Adjustment

User Units Maximum Value

User Units Decimal Position

Sets the contrast of the LCD display on the keypad.

Sets the value that the drive shows as the maximum output frequency.

Sets the number of decimal places for frequency reference and monitor values.

0 : No Decimal Places (XXXXX)

1 : One Decimal Places (XXXX.X)

2 : Two Decimal Places (XXX.XX)

3 : Three Decimal Places (XX.XXX)

Custom Monitor 1 to 12

Sets a maximum of 12 monitors as user monitors. This parameter is only available when using an LCD keypad.

LCD Backlight Brightness

LCD Backlight ON/OFF Selection

Sets the intensity of the LCD keypad backlight.

Sets the automatic shut off function for the LCD backlight.

0 : OFF

1 : ON

LCD Backlight Off-Delay

Sets the time until the LCD backlight automatically turns off.

Show Initial Setup Screen

Sets the function to show the LCD keypad initial setup screen each time the drive is energized. This parameter is only available when using an LCD keypad.

0 : No

1 : Yes

Default

(Range)

106

(104 - 855)

(1 - 5)

Determined by A1-02

(0 - 3)

Determined by A1-02

(0, 1)

(0 - 10)

Determined by o1-03

(1 - 60000)

Determined by o1-03

(0 - 3)

o1-24: 101

o1-25: 102

o1-26: 103

o1-27 to o1-35: 0

(0, 101 - 999)

(1 - 5)

(0, 1)

60 s

(10 - 300 s)

(0, 1)

Ref.

427

428

429

430

431

Parameter List

YASKAWA TOEPYAIGA5002A GA500 Programming 83

1.13 o: Keypad-Related Settings

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

No.

(Hex.)

o1-40

(11BD)

RUN

o1-41

(11C1)

RUN

o1-42

(11C2)

RUN

o1-43

(11C3)

RUN

o1-44

(11C4)

RUN

o1-45

(11C5)

RUN

o1-46

(11C6)

RUN

o1-47

(11C7)

RUN

o1-48

(11C8)

RUN

o1-49

(11C9)

RUN

o1-50

(11CA)

RUN

o1-51

(11CB)

RUN

o1-55

(11EE)

RUN

Name Description

Home Screen Display Selection

Sets the monitor display mode for the Home screen. This parameter is only available when using an LCD keypad.

0 : Custom Monitor

1 : Bar Graph

2 : Analog Gauge

3 : Trend Plot

1st Monitor Area Selection

Sets the horizontal range used to display the monitor set in o1-24 [Custom Monitor 1] as a bar graph. This parameter is only available when using an LCD keypad.

0 : +/- Area ( - o1-42 ~ o1-42 )

1 : + Area ( 0 ~ o1-42 )

2 : - Area ( - o1-42 ~ 0 )

1st Monitor Area Setting

Sets the horizontal axis value used to display the monitor set in o1-24 [Custom Monitor 1] as a bar graph. This parameter is only available when using an LCD keypad.

2nd Monitor Area Selection

Selects the horizontal range used to display the monitor set in o1-25 [Custom Monitor 2] as a bar graph. This parameter is only available when using an LCD keypad.

0 : +/- Area ( - o1-44 ~ o1-44 )

1 : + Area ( 0 ~ o1-44 )

2 : - Area ( - o1-44 ~ 0 )

2nd Monitor Area Setting

Sets the horizontal axis value used to display the monitor set in o1-25 [Custom Monitor 2] as a bar graph. This parameter is only available when using an LCD keypad.

3rd Monitor Area Selection

Sets the horizontal range used to display the monitor set in o1-26 [Custom Monitor 3] as a bar graph. This parameter is only available when using an LCD keypad.

0 : +/- Area ( - o1-46 ~ o1-46 )

1 : + Area ( 0 ~ o1-46 )

2 : - Area ( - o1-46 ~ 0 )

3rd Monitor Area Setting

Sets the horizontal axis value used to display the monitor set in o1-26 [Custom Monitor 3] as a bar graph. This parameter is only available when using an LCD keypad.

Trend Plot 1 Scale Minimum Value

Trend Plot 1 Scale Maximum Value

Trend Plot 2 Scale Minimum Value

Trend Plot 2 Scale Maximum Value

Trend Plot Time Scale Setting

Analog Gauge Area Selection

Sets the horizontal axis minimum value used to display the monitor set in o1-24 [Custom Monitor 1] as a trend plot. This parameter is only available when using an LCD keypad.

Sets the horizontal axis maximum value used to display the monitor set in o1-24 [Custom Monitor 1] as a trend plot. This parameter is only available when using an LCD keypad.

Sets the horizontal axis minimum value used to display the monitor set in o1-25 [Custom Monitor 2] as a trend plot. This parameter is only available when using an LCD keypad.

Sets the horizontal axis maximum value used to display the monitor set in o1-25 [Custom Monitor 2] as a trend plot. This parameter is only available when using an LCD keypad.

Sets the time scale (horizontal axis) to display the trend plot. When you change this setting, the drive automatically adjusts the data sampling time. This parameter is only available when using an LCD keypad.

Sets the range used to display the monitor set in o1-24 [Custom Monitor 1] as an analog gauge. This parameter is only available when using an LCD keypad.

0 : +/- Area ( - o1-56 ~ o1-56 )

1 : + Area ( 0 ~ o1-56 )

Default

(Range)

(0 - 3)

(0 - 2)

100.0%

(0.0 - 100.0%)

(0 - 2)

100.0%

(0.0 - 100.0%)

(0 - 2)

100.0%

(0.0 - 100.0%)

-100.0%

(-300.0 - +300.0%)

100.0%

(-300.0 - +300.0%)

-100.0%

(-300.0 - +300.0%)

100.0%

(-300.0 - +300.0%)

300 s

(1 - 3600 s)

(0, 1)

Ref.

431

432

433

84 YASKAWA TOEPYAIGA5002A GA500 Programming

1.13 o: Keypad-Related Settings

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

No.

(Hex.)

o1-56

(11EF)

RUN

o1-58

(3125)

Name Description

Analog Gauge Area Setting

Motor Power Unit Selection

Sets the value used to display the monitor set in o1-24 [Custom Monitor 1] as an analog meter. This parameter is only available when using an LCD keypad.

Sets the setting unit for parameters that set the motor rated power.

0 : kW

1 : HP

◆ o2: Keypad Operation

No.

(Hex.)

o2-01

(0505)

o2-02

(0506)

o2-03

(0507)

o2-04

(0508)

o2-05

(0509)

o2-06

(050A)

o2-07

(0527)

o2-09

(050D)

o2-19

(061F)

Expert

o2-23

(11F8)

RUN

Name Description

LO/RE Key Function Selection

Sets the function that lets you use to switch between LOCAL and REMOTE Modes.

0 : Disabled

1 : Enabled

STOP Key Function Selection

Sets the function to use on the keypad to stop the drive when the Run command source for the drive is REMOTE (external) and not assigned to the keypad.

0 : Disabled

1 : Enabled

User Parameter Default Value

Sets the function to keep the settings of changed parameters as user parameter defaults to use during initialization.

0 : No change

1 : Set defaults

2 : Clear all

Drive Model (KVA) Selection

Home Mode Freq Ref Entry Mode

Sets the Drive Model code. Set this parameter after replacing the control board.

Sets the function that makes it necessary to push to use the keypad to change the frequency reference value while in Drive Mode.

0 : ENTER Key Required

1 : Immediate / MOP-style

Keypad Disconnect Detection

Sets the function that stops the drive if you disconnect the keypad connection cable from the drive or if you damage the cable while the keypad is the Run command source.

0 : Disabled

1 : Enabled

Keypad RUN Direction @ Power-up

Sets the direction of motor rotation when the drive is energized and the keypad is the Run command source.

0 : Forward

1 : Reverse

Reserved - - 436

Parameter Write during Uv

Lets you change parameters during Uv [Undervoltage].

0 : Disable

1 : Enabled

External 24V Powerloss Detection

Sets the function to give a warning if the backup external 24 V power supply turns off when the main circuit power supply is in operation.

0 : Disable

1 : Enabled

Default

(Range)

100.0%

(0.0 - 100.0%)

(0, 1)

Default

(Range)

(0, 1)

(0 - 2)

Determined by the drive

(-)

(0, 1)

( 0, 1 )

(0, 1)

Ref.

433

Ref.

433

434

435

436

Parameter List

436

437

YASKAWA TOEPYAIGA5002A GA500 Programming 85

1.13 o: Keypad-Related Settings

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

No.

(Hex.)

o2-26

(1563)

Name Description

Alarm display at ext. 24V power

When you connect a backup external 24 V power supply, this parameter sets the function to trigger an alarm when the main circuit power supply voltage decreases.

Note:

The drive will not run when it is operating from one 24-V external power supply.

0 : No

1 : Yes

o2-27

(1565)

bCE Detection Selection

Sets drive operation if the Bluetooth device is disconnected when you operate the drive in Bluetooth Mode.

0 : Ramp to Stop

1 : Coast to Stop

2 : Fast Stop (Use C1-09)

3 : Alarm Only

4 : No Alarm Display

◆ o3: Copy Keypad Function

No.

(Hex.)

o3-01

(0515)

o3-02

(0516)

o3-04

(0B3E)

o3-05

(0BDA)

o3-06

(0BDE)

o3-07

(0BDF)

Name Description

Copy Keypad Function Selection

Sets the function that saves and copies drive parameters to a different drive with the keypad.

0 : Copy Select

1 : Backup (drive → keypad)

2 : Restore (keypad → drive)

3 : Verify (check for mismatch)

4 : Erase (backup data of keypad)

Copy Allowed Selection

Sets the copy function when o3-01 = 1 [Copy Keypad Function Selection = Backup (drive → keypad)].

0 : Disabled

1 : Enabled

Select Backup/Restore Location

Sets the storage location for drive parameters when you back up and restore parameters. This parameter is only available when using an LCD keypad.

0 : Memory Location 1

1 : Memory Location 2

2 : Memory Location 3

3 : Memory Location 4

Select Items to Backup/ Restore

Sets which parameters are backed up, restored, and referenced. This parameter is only available when using an LCD keypad.

0 : Standard Parameters

1 : Standard + DWEZ Parameters

Auto Parameter Backup Selection

Sets the function that automatically backs up parameters. This parameter is only available when using an LCD keypad.

0 : Disabled

1 : Enabled

Auto Parameter Backup Interval

Sets the interval at which the automatic parameter backup function saves parameters from the drive to the keypad.

Note:

This parameter is only available when using an LCD keypad.

0 : Every 10 minutes

1 : Every 30 minutes

2 : Every 60 minutes

3 : Every 12 hours

Default

(Range)

(0, 1)

(0 - 4)

Default

(Range)

(0 - 4)

(0, 1)

(0 - 3)

(0, 1)

(0 - 3)

Ref.

437

Ref.

437

438

439

86 YASKAWA TOEPYAIGA5002A GA500 Programming

◆ o4: Maintenance Monitors

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

1.13 o: Keypad-Related Settings

No.

(Hex.)

o4-01

(050B)

o4-02

(050C)

o4-03

(050E)

o4-05

(051D)

o4-07

(0523)

o4-09

(0525)

o4-11

(0510)

o4-12

(0512)

o4-13

(0528)

o4-22

Name Description

Elapsed Operating Time Setting

Elapsed Operating Time Selection

Fan Operation Time Setting

Capacitor Maintenance Setting

Softcharge Relay Maintenance Set

IGBT Maintenance Setting

Fault Trace/History Init (U2/U3)

kWh Monitor Initialization

RUN Command Counter @ Initialize

Time Format

(154F)

RUN

o4-23

Date Format

(1550)

RUN

o4-24

bAT Detection Selection

(310F)

RUN

◆ o5: Log Function

Sets the initial value of the cumulative drive operation time in 10-hour units.

Sets the condition that counts the cumulative operation time.

0 : U4-01 Shows Total Power-up Time

1 : U4-01 Shows Total RUN Time

Sets the value from which to start the cumulative drive cooling fan operation time in 10hour units.

Sets the U4-05 [CapacitorMaintenance] monitor value.

Sets the U4-06 [PreChargeRelayMainte] monitor value.

Sets the U4-07 [IGBT Maintenance] monitor value.

Resets the records of Monitors U2-xx [Fault Trace] and U3-xx [Fault History].

0 : Disabled

1 : Enabled

Resets the monitor values for U4-10 [kWh, Lower 4 Digits] and U4-11 [kWh, Upper 5 Digits].

0 : No Reset

1 : Reset

Resets the monitor values for U4-02 [Num of Run Commands], U4-24 [Number of Runs (Low)], and U4-25 [Number of Runs (High)].

0 : No Reset

1 : Reset

Sets the time display format. This parameter is only available when using an LCD keypad.

0 : 24 Hour Clock

1 : 12 Hour Clock

2 : 12 Hour JP Clock

Sets the date display format. This parameter is only available when using an LCD keypad.

0 : YYYY/MM/DD

1 : DD/MM/YYYY

2 : MM/DD/YYYY

Sets the operation when the drive detects bAT [Keypad Battery Low Voltage] and TiM [Keypad Time Not Set]. This parameter is only available when you use an LCD keypad.

0 : Disable

1 : Enable (Alarm Detected)

2 : Enable (Fault Detected)

Default

(Range)

0 h

(0 - 9999 h)

(0, 1)

0 h

(0 - 9999 h)

(0 - 150%)

(0, 1)

(0 - 2)

Ref.

439

440

441

442

Parameter List

No.

(Hex.)

o5-01

(1551)

RUN

Name Description

Log Start/Stop Selection

Sets the data log function. This parameter is only available when using an LCD keypad.

0 : OFF

Default

(Range)

(0 - 1)

Ref.

445

1 : ON

o5-02

(1552)

RUN

Log Sampling Interval

Sets the data log sampling cycle. This parameter is only available when using an LCD keypad.

100 ms

(100 - 60000 ms)

445

YASKAWA TOEPYAIGA5002A GA500 Programming 87

1.13 o: Keypad-Related Settings

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

No.

(Hex.)

o5-03

(1553)

RUN

o5-04

(1554)

RUN

o5-05

(1555)

RUN

o5-06

(1556)

RUN

o5-07

(1557)

RUN

o5-08

(1558)

RUN

o5-09

(1559)

RUN

o5-10

(155A)

RUN

o5-11

(155B)

RUN

o5-12

(155C)

RUN

Name Description

Log Monitor Data 1

Sets the data log monitor. This parameter is only available when using an LCD keypad.

Log Monitor Data 2

Sets the data log monitor. This parameter is only available when using an LCD keypad.

Log Monitor Data 3

Sets the data log monitor. This parameter is only available when using an LCD keypad.

Log Monitor Data 4

Sets the data log monitor. This parameter is only available when using an LCD keypad.

Log Monitor Data 5

Sets the data log monitor. This parameter is only available when using an LCD keypad.

Log Monitor Data 6

Sets the data log monitor. This parameter is only available when using an LCD keypad.

Log Monitor Data 7

Sets the data log monitor. This parameter is only available when using an LCD keypad.

Log Monitor Data 8

Sets the data log monitor. This parameter is only available when using an LCD keypad.

Log Monitor Data 9

Sets the data log monitor. This parameter is only available when using an LCD keypad.

Log Monitor Data 10

Sets the data log monitor. This parameter is only available when using an LCD keypad.

Default

(Range)

101

(000, 101 - 999)

102

(000, 101 - 999)

103

(000, 101 - 999)

107

(000, 101 - 999)

108

(000, 101 - 999)

V/f, OLV/PM : 000, OLV, AOLV/PM, EZOLV : 105

(000, 101 - 999)

110

(000, 101 - 999)

112

(000, 101 - 999)

000

(000, 101 - 999)

000

(000, 101 - 999)

Ref.

445

446

447

88 YASKAWA TOEPYAIGA5002A GA500 Programming

1.14 q: DriveWorksEZ Parameters

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

◆ q1-01 to qx-xx: Reserved for DriveWorksEZ

1.14 q: DriveWorksEZ Parameters

No.

(Hex.)

q1-01 to qx-xx

(1600 - xxxx)

Name Description

Reserved for DriveWorksEZ

These parameters are reserved for use with DriveWorksEZ.

Default

(Range)

Refer to “DriveWorksEZ

Operation Manual”.

Parameter List

YASKAWA TOEPYAIGA5002A GA500 Programming 89

1.15 r: DWEZ Connection 1-20

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

1.15 r: DWEZ Connection 1-20

◆ r1-01 to r1-40: DriveWorksEZ Connection Parameters 1 to 20 (Upper / Lower)

No.

(Hex.)

r1-01 to r1-40:

(1840 - 1867)

Name Description

DriveWorksEZ Connection Parameters 1 to 20 (Upper / Lower)

Default

(Range)

(0 - FFFFH)

90 YASKAWA TOEPYAIGA5002A GA500 Programming

1.16 T: Motor Tuning

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

◆ T0: Tuning Mode Selection

1.16 T: Motor Tuning

No.

(Hex.)

T0-00

(1197)

Name Description

Tuning Mode Selection

Sets the type of Auto-Tuning.

0 : Motor Parameter Tuning

1 : Control Tuning

◆ T1: Induction Motor Auto-Tuning

No.

(Hex.)

T1-00

(0700)

T1-01

(0701)

T1-02

(0702)

T1-03

(0703)

T1-04

(0704)

T1-05

(0705)

T1-06

(0706)

T1-07

(0707)

T1-09

(0709)

T1-10

(070A)

T1-11

(070B)

Name Description

Motor 1/Motor 2 Selection

Sets which motor to tune when motor 1/2 switching is enabled.

You can only use the keypad to set this parameter. You cannot use external input terminals to set it.

Note:

This parameter is enabled when H1-xx = 16 [Motor 2 Selection] is set. When H1-xx ≠ 16 the keypad will not show this parameter.

1 : Motor 1

2 : Motor 2

Tuning Mode Selection

Sets the type of Auto-Tuning.

0 : Rotational Auto-Tuning

1 : Stationary Auto-Tuning 1

2 : Stationary Line-Line Resistance

Motor Rated Power

Uses the units set in o1-58 [Motor Power Unit Selection] to set the motor rated output power.

Motor Rated Voltage

Sets the rated voltage (V) of the motor. Enter the base speed voltage for constant output motors.

Motor Rated Current

Sets the rated current (A) of the motor.

Motor Base Frequency

Sets the base frequency (Hz) of the motor.

Number of Motor Poles

Sets the number of motor poles.

Motor Base Speed

Sets the motor base speed for Auto-Tuning (min

Motor No-Load Current

Sets the no-load current of the motor.

Motor Rated Slip Frequency

Sets motor rated slip.

Motor Iron Loss

Sets the iron loss for calculating the energy-saving coefficient.

-1

(r/min)).

Default

(Range)

(0, 1)

Default

(Range)

(1, 2)

Determined by A1-02

(Determined by A1-02)

Determined by o2-04,

C6-01

(0.00 - 650.00 HP)

Determined by o2-04,

C6-01

(200 V Class: 0.0 - 255.5

V, 400 V Class: 0.0 -

511.0 V)

Determined by o2-04

(10% to 200% of the

drive rated current)

60.0 Hz

(0.0 - 590.0 Hz)

(2 to 120)

-1

1750 min

(0 - 35400 min

(r/min)

-1

(r/min))

(0A - T1-04; max. of

2999.9)

(0.000 - 20.000 Hz)

Determined by E2-11 or

E4-11

(0 - 65535 W)

Ref.

448

Ref.

448

449

450

Parameter List

YASKAWA TOEPYAIGA5002A GA500 Programming 91

1.16 T: Motor Tuning

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

No.

(Hex.)

T1-12

(0BDB)

Name Description

Test Mode Selection

Sets the function to enable Test Mode after Stationary Auto-Tuning. When you can operate the motor with a light load attached after Stationary Auto-Tuning is complete, enable this parameter.

Note:

You must first set T1-10 = 0 [Motor Rated Slip Frequency = 0 Hz] to enable this parameter.

0 : No

1 : Yes

T1-13

(0BDC)

No-load voltage

Sets the no-load voltage of the motor. When the no-load voltage at rated speed is available, for example on the motor test report, set the voltage in this parameter. If the no-load voltage is not available, do not change this parameter.

Note:

• To get the same qualities as a Yaskawa 1000-series drive or previous series drive, set

this parameter = T1-03 [Motor Rated Voltage].

• The default setting is different for different models. –B001 - B006, 2001 - 2008, 4001 - 4004: T1-03 × 0.85

–B010 - B018, 2010 - 2082, 4005 - 4060: T1-03 × 0.90

◆ T2: PM Motor Auto-Tuning

No.

(Hex.)

T2-01

(0750)

T2-02

(0751)

T2-03

(0752)

T2-04

(0730)

T2-05

(0732)

T2-06

(0733)

T2-07

(0753)

T2-08

(0734)

T2-09

(0731)

T2-10

(0754)

T2-11

(0735)

T2-12

(0736)

Name Description

PM Auto-Tuning Selection

Sets the type of Auto-Tuning for PM motors.

0 : Manual Entry w/ Motor Data Sheet

1 : Stationary (Ld, Lq, R)

2 : Stationary (R Only)

4 : Rotational (Ld, Lq, R, Back-EMF)

5 : High Frequency Injection

PM Motor Code Selection

If the drive is operating an SMRD, SMRA, or SSR1 series Yaskawa PM motor, enter the PM motor code in to align with the rotation speed and motor output.

PM Motor Type

Sets the type of PM motor the drive will operate.

0 : IPM motor

1 : SPM motor

PM Motor Rated Power

Uses the units set in o1-58 [Motor Power Unit Selection] to set the PM motor rated output power.

PM Motor Rated Voltage

Sets the rated voltage (V) of the motor.

PM Motor Rated Current

Sets the rated current (A) of the motor.

PM Motor Base Frequency

Number of PM Motor Poles

Sets the base frequency (Hz) of the motor.

Sets the number of motor poles.

PM Motor Base Speed

Sets the motor base speed (min

PM Motor Stator Resistance

Sets the stator resistance for each motor phase.

Note:

This parameter does not set line-to-line resistance.

PM Motor d-Axis Inductance

PM Motor q-Axis Inductance

Sets the d-axis inductance of the motor on a per phase basis.

Sets the q-Axis inductance of the motor on a per phase basis.

-1

(r/min)).

Default

(Range)

(0, 1)

T1-03 × 0.9

(200 V Class: 0.0 - 255.0

V, 400 V Class: 0.0 -

510.0 V)

Default

(Range)

(Determined by A1-02)

FFFF

(0000 - FFFF)

(0, 1)

Determined by o2-04,

C6-01

(0.00 - 650.00 HP)

200 V Class: 230.0 V, 400

V: 460.0 V

(200 V Class: 0.0 - 255.0

V, 400 V Class: 0.0 -

510.0 V)

Determined by o2-04

(10% to 200% of the

drive rated current)

60.0 Hz

(0.0 - 590.0 Hz)

(2 - 48)

-1

1750 min

(0 - 34500 min

(r/min)

-1

(r/min))

Determined by T2-02

(0.000 - 65.000 Ω)

Determined by T2-02

(0.00 - 600.00 mH)

Determined by T2-02

(0.00 - 600.00 mH)

Ref.

450

451

Ref.

451

452

453

92 YASKAWA TOEPYAIGA5002A GA500 Programming

1.16 T: Motor Tuning

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

No.

(Hex.)

T2-13

(0755)

Name Description

Back-EMF Units Selection

Sets the units that the drive uses to set the induced voltage constant.

0 : mV/(rev/min)

1 : mV/(rad/sec)

T2-14

(0737)

T2-15

(0756)

Back-EMF Voltage Constant (Ke)

Pull-In Current Level

Sets the motor induced voltage constant (Ke).

Sets the level of the pull-in current as a percentage of E5-03 [PM Motor Rated Current (FLA)]. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

◆ T3: ASR and Inertia Tuning

No.

(Hex.)

T3-00

(1198)

Name Description

Control Loop Tuning Selection

Sets the type of Control Auto-Tuning.

2 : Deceleration Rate Tuning

3 : KEB Tuning

◆ T4: EZ Tuning

No.

(Hex.)

T4-01

(3130)

T4-02

(3131)

T4-04

(3133)

T4-05

(3134)

T4-06

(3135)

T4-07

(3136)

T4-08

(3137)

T4-09

(3138)

Name Description

EZ Tuning Mode Selection

Sets the type of Auto-Tuning for EZOLV control.

0 : Motor Parameter Setting

1 : Line-to-Line Resistance

Motor Type Selection

Sets the type of motor.

0 : Induction (IM)

1 : Permanent Magnet (PM)

2 : Synchronous Reluctance (SynRM)

Motor Rated Revolutions

Sets rated rotation speed (min

Motor Rated Frequency

Sets the rated frequency (Hz) of the motor.

Motor Rated Voltage

Sets the rated voltage (V) of the motor.

Motor Rated Current

Sets the rated current (A) of the motor.

Motor Rated Capacity

Sets the motor rated power in the units set in o1-58 [Motor Power Unit Selection].

Number of Poles

Sets the number of motor poles.

-1

) of the motor.

Default

(Range)

(0, 1)

Determined by T2-13

(0.0 - 2000.0)

30%

(0 - 120%)

Default

(Range)

(2, 3)

Default

(Range)

(0, 1)

(0, 1, 2)

((40 Hz to 120 Hz) × 60 ×

2/E9-08)

Determined by E9-01 and

o2-04

(40.0 - 120.0 Hz)

200 V Class: 230.0 V, 400

V: 460.0 V

(200 V Class: 0.0 - 255.0

V,400 V Class: 0.0 -

510.0 V)

Determined by o2-04,

C6-01

(10% to 200% of the

drive rated current)

Determined by E9-10

(0.10 - 650.00 HP)

Determined by E9-01

(2 - 48)

Ref.

453

Ref.

454

Ref.

454

455

Parameter List

YASKAWA TOEPYAIGA5002A GA500 Programming 93

1.17 U: Monitors

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

1.17 U: Monitors

◆ U1: Operation Status Monitors

No.

(Hex.)

U1-01

(0040)

U1-02

(0041)

U1-03

(0042)

U1-04

(0043)

U1-05

(0044)

U1-06

(0045)

U1-07

(0046)

U1-08

(0047)

U1-09

(0048)

Name Description MFAO Signal Level

Frequency Reference

Output frequency

Output Current

Control method selection

Motor Speed

Output Voltage Ref

DC Bus Voltage

Output Power

Torque Reference

Shows the frequency reference value. Parameter o1-03 [Keypad Display Unit Selection] sets the display units.

Unit: 0.01 Hz

Shows the output frequency. Parameter o1-03 [Keypad Display Unit Selection] sets the display units.

Unit: 0.01 Hz

Shows the actual output current.

The keypad shows the value of U1-03 in amperes (A). When looking at the monitor through MEMOBUS/Modbus communications, the current is “8192 = drive rated current (A)”. Calculate the current from the monitor value that is in at MEMOBUS/Modbus communications using “Numerals being displayed / 8192 × drive rated current (A).

Unit: When the drive model changes, the display units for this parameter also change.

• 0.01 A units: B001 - B018, 2001 - 2042, 4001 - 4023

• 0.1A units: 2056 - 2082, 4031 - 4060

Shows the drive control method.

0 : V/f Control

2 : Open Loop Vector

5 : PM Open Loop Vector

6 : PM Advanced Open Loop Vector

8 : EZ Vector Control

Shows the detected motor speed. Parameter o1-03 [Keypad Display Unit Selection] sets the display units.

Unit: 0.01 Hz

Shows the output voltage reference.

Unit: 0.1 V

Shows the DC bus voltage.

Unit: 1 V

Shows the internally-calculated output power.

When you change A1-02 [Control Method Selection], it will also change the signal level of the analog output.

• A1-02 = 0: Drive capacity (kW)

• A1-02 = 2: Motor Rated Power [E2-11] (kW)

• A1-02 = 5, 6: PM Motor Rated Power [E5-02] (kW)

• A1-02 = 8: Motor Rated Power [E9-07] (kW)

Unit: When the drive model changes, the display units for this parameter also change.

• 0.01 A units: B001 to B018, 2001 to 2042, 4001 to 4023

• 0.1A units: 2056 - 2082, 4031 - 4060

Shows the internal torque reference value.

Unit: 0.1%

10 V = Maximum frequency

(0 V to +10 V)

10 V = Maximum frequency

(0 V to +10 V)

10 V = Drive rated current

No signal output available

10 V = Maximum frequency

(0 V to +10 V)

200 V class: 10 V = 200

Vrms

400 V class: 10 V = 400

Vrms

200 V class: 10 V = 400 V

400 V class: 10 V = 800 V

10 V: Drive capacity (motor

rated power) kW

(0 V to +10 V)

10 V = Motor rated torque (0

V to +10 V)

94 YASKAWA TOEPYAIGA5002A GA500 Programming

1.17 U: Monitors

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

No.

(Hex.)

U1-10

(0049)

U1-11

(004A)

U1-12

(004B)

Name Description MFAO Signal Level

Input Terminal Status

Output Terminal Status

Drive Status

Shows the status of the MFDO terminal where = ON and = OFF.

For example, U1-10 shows when terminals S1 and S3 are ON.

bit0 : Terminal S1 (MFDI 1)

bit1 : Terminal S2 (MFDI 2)

bit2 : Terminal S3 (MFDI 3)

bit3 : Terminal S4 (MFDI 4)

bit4 : Terminal S5 (MFDI 5)

bit5 : Terminal S6 (MFDI 6)

bit6 : Terminal S7 (MFDI 7)

bit7 : Not used (normal value of [ ]).

Shows the status of the MFDO terminal where = ON and = OFF.

For example, U1-11 shows when terminals MA and P2 are ON.

Note:

When H2-xx = 100 to 1A7 [U1-11 Inverse U1-11 Output of Function], U1-11 does not show the status in inverse.

bit0 : Terminal MA/MB-MC

bit1 : Terminal P1-C1

bit2 : Terminal P2-C2

bit3 : Not used (normal value of [ ]).

bit4 : Not used (normal value of [ ]).

bit5 : Not used (normal value of [ ]).

bit6 : Not used (normal value of [ ]).

bit7 : Not used (normal value of [ ]).

Shows drive status where = ON and = OFF.

No signal output available

U1-13

(004E)

U1-14

(004F)

U1-16

(0053)

U1-18

(0061)

Terminal A1 Level

Terminal A2 Level

SFS Output Frequency

oPE Fault Parameter

For example, U1-12 shows during run with the Reverse Run command.

bit0 : During Run

bit1 : During zero-speed

bit2 : During reverse

bit3 : During fault reset signal input

bit4 : During speed agreement

bit5 : Drive Ready

bit6 : During minor fault detection

bit7 : During fault detection

Shows the signal level of terminal A1.

Unit: 0.1%

Shows the signal level of terminal A2.

Unit: 0.1%

Shows the output frequency after soft start. Shows the frequency with acceleration and deceleration times and S-curves. Parameter o1-03 [Keypad Display Unit Selection] sets the display units.

Unit: 0.01 Hz

Shows the parameter number that caused the oPE02 [Parameter Range Setting Error] or oPE08 [Parameter Selection Error].

10 V = 100% (0 V to +10 V)

10 V = Maximum frequency

(0 V to +10 V)

No signal output available

Parameter List

YASKAWA TOEPYAIGA5002A GA500 Programming 95

1.17 U: Monitors

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

No.

(Hex.)

U1-19

(0066)

U1-24

(007D)

U1-25

(004D)

U1-26

(005B)

U1-50

(1199)

Expert

U1-91

(154E)

Expert

Name Description MFAO Signal Level

MEMOBUS/Modbus Error Code

Input Pulse Monitor

Software number

SoftwareNumber ROM

Virtual Analog Input

Output Voltage

Shows the contents of the MEMOBUS/Modbus communication error where =”error” and = “no error”.

For example, U1-19 shows when the drive detects a CRC error.

bit0 : CRC Error

bit1 : Data Length Error

bit2 : Not used (normal value of [ ]).

bit3 : Parity Error

bit4 : Overrun Error

bit5 : Framing Error

bit6 : Timed Out

bit7 : Not used (normal value of [ ]).

Shows the frequency to pulse train input terminal RP.

Unit: 1 Hz

Shows the ID.

Shows the ROM ID.

Shows the virtual analog input value.

Shows the drive internal output voltage reference.

Unit: 0.1 V

No signal output available

Determined by H6-02

No signal output available

Determined by H7-40

200 V class: 10 V = 200

Vrms

400 V class: 10 V = 400

Vrms

◆ U2: Fault Trace

No.

(Hex.)

U2-01

(0080)

U2-02

(0081)

U2-03

(0082)

U2-04

(0083)

U2-05

(0084)

U2-06

(0085)

Current Fault

Previous Fault

Freq Reference@Fault

Output Freq @ Fault

Output Current@Fault

Motor Speed @ Fault

Name Description MFAO Signal Level

Shows the fault that the drive has when viewing the monitor.

Shows the fault that occurred most recently.

Shows the frequency reference at the fault that occurred most recently.

Use U1-01 [Frequency Reference] to monitor the frequency reference value.

Unit: 0.01 Hz

Shows the output frequency at the fault that occurred most recently.

Use U1-02 [Output Frequency] to monitor the actual output frequency.

Unit: 0.01 Hz

Shows the output current at the fault that occurred most recently.

Use U1-03 [Output Current] to monitor the actual output current. The keypad shows the value of U1- 03 in amperes (A).

When looking at the monitor through MEMOBUS/Modbus communications, the current is “8192 = drive rated current (A)”. Calculate the current from the monitor value that is in at MEMOBUS/ Modbus communications using “Numerals being displayed / 8192 × drive rated current (A).

Unit: When the drive model changes, the display units for this parameter also change.

• 0.01 A units: B001 - B018, 2001 - 2042, 4001 - 4023

• 0.1A units: 2056 - 2082, 4031 - 4060

Shows the motor speed at the fault that occurred most recently.

Use U1-05 [Motor Speed] to monitor the motor speed.

Unit: 0.01 Hz

No signal output available

96 YASKAWA TOEPYAIGA5002A GA500 Programming

1.17 U: Monitors

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

No.

(Hex.)

U2-07

(0086)

U2-08

(0087)

U2-09

(0088)

U2-10

(0089)

U2-11

(008A)

U2-12

(008B)

Name Description MFAO Signal Level

Output Voltage@Fault

DC Bus Voltage@Fault

Output Power @ Fault

Torque Ref @ Fault

Input Terminal Status @ Fault

Output Terminal Status @ Fault

Shows the output voltage reference at the fault that occurred most recently.

Use U1-06 [Output Voltage Ref] to monitor the output voltage reference.

Unit: 0.1 V

Shows the DC bus voltage at the fault that occurred most recently.

Use U1-07 [DC Bus Voltage] to monitor the DC bus voltage.

Unit: 1 V

Shows the output power at the fault that occurred most recently.

Use U1-08 [Output Power] to monitor the output power.

Unit: 0.1 kW

Shows the torque reference at the fault that occurred most recently as a percentage of the motor rated torque.

Use U1-09 [Torque Reference] to monitor the torque reference.

Unit: 0.1%

Shows the status of the MFDI terminals at the most recent fault where = ON and = OFF.

For example, U2-11 shows when terminals S1 and S3 are ON.

Use U1-10 [Input Terminal Status] to monitor the actual MFDI terminal status.

bit0 : Terminal S1

bit1 : Terminal S2

bit2 : Terminal S3

bit3 : Terminal S4

bit4 : Terminal S5

bit5 : Terminal S6

bit6 : Terminal S7

bit7 : Not used (normal value of [ ]).

Shows the status of the MFDO terminals at the most recent fault where = ON and = OFF.

No signal output available

U2-13

(008C)

Operation Status @ Fault

For example, U2-12 shows when terminals MA and P2 are ON.

Use U1-11 [Output Terminal Status] to monitor the actual MFDO terminal status.

bit0 : Terminal MA/MB-MC

bit1 : Terminal P1-C1

bit2 : Terminal P2-C2

bit3 : Not used (normal value of [ ]).

bit4 : Not used (normal value of [ ]).

bit5 : Not used (normal value of [ ]).

bit6 : Not used (normal value of [ ]).

bit7 : Not used (normal value of [ ]).

Shows the status of the MFDO terminals at the most recent fault where = ON and = OFF.

For example, U2-13 shows during run.

Use U1-12 [Drive Status] to monitor the actual MFDO terminal status.

bit0 : During Run

bit1 : During zero-speed

bit2 : During reverse

bit3 : During fault reset signal input

bit4 : During speed agreement

bit5 : Drive Ready

bit6 : During minor fault detection

bit7 : During fault detection

No signal output available

Parameter List

YASKAWA TOEPYAIGA5002A GA500 Programming 97

1.17 U: Monitors

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

No.

(Hex.)

U2-14

(008D)

U2-15

(07E0)

U2-16

(07E1)

U2-17

(07E2)

U2-19

(07E4)

U2-20

(008E)

U2-21

(1166)

Expert

Name Description MFAO Signal Level

Elapsed Time @ Fault

SFS Output @ Fault

q-Axis Current@Fault

d-Axis Current@Fault

ControlDeviation@Flt

Heatsink Temp @Fault

STPo Detect @ Fault

Shows the cumulative operation time of the drive at the fault that occurred most recently.

No signal output available

Use U4-01 [Cumulative Ope Time] to monitor the cumulative operation time.

Unit: 1 h

No signal output available

Shows the output frequency after soft start at the fault that occurred most recently.

Use U1-16 [SFS Output Frequency] to monitor the output frequency after soft start.

Unit: 0.01 Hz

No signal output available

Shows the q-Axis current of the motor at the fault that occurred most recently.

Use U6-01 [Iq Secondary Current] to monitor the q-Axis current of the motor.

Unit: 0.1 %

No signal output available

Shows the d-Axis current of the motor at the fault that occurred most recently.

Use U6-02 [Id ExcitationCurrent] to monitor the d-Axis current of the motor.

Unit: 0.1 %

No signal output available

Shows the amount of control axis deviation (Δθ) at the fault that occurred most recently.

Use U6-10 [ContAxisDeviation Δθ] to monitor the actual amount of control axis deviation (Δθ).

Unit: 0.1 °

No signal output available

Shows the heatsink temperature at the fault that occurred most recently.

Use U4-08 [Heatsink Temperature] to monitor the temperature of the heatsink.

Unit: 1 °C

No signal output available

Monitors conditions to detect STPo [Motor Step-Out Detected] faults. The bit for each condition is

shown as = ON or = OFF.

◆ U3: Fault History

No.

(Hex.)

U3-01 to U3-04

(0090 - 0093)

(0800 - 0803)

U3-05 to U3-10

(0804 - 0809)

U3-11 to U3-14

(0094 - 0097)

(080A - 080D)

U3-15 to U3-20

(080E - 0813)

1st to 4th MostRecent Fault

5th to 10th MostRecent Fault

ElapsedTime@1st to 4thFault

ElapsedTime@5th to 10thFault

Name Description MFAO Signal Level

For example, U2-21 shows when the drive detects excessive current.

bit0 : Excessive current

bit1 : Induced voltage deviation

bit2 : d-axis current deviation

bit3 : Motor lock at startup

bit4 : Acceleration stall continue

bit5 : Acceleration stall repeat

bit6 : Not used (normal value of [ ]).

bit7 : Not used (normal value of [ ]).

Shows the fault history of the first to fourth most recent faults.

Note:

The drive saves the U3-01 to U3-04 [1st to 4th MostRecent Fault] fault histories to two types of registers at the same time for the MEMOBUS/Modbus communications.

Shows the fault history of the fifth to tenth most recent faults.

Shows the cumulative operation time when the first to fourth most recent faults occurred.

Unit: 1 h

Note:

The drive saves the U3-11 to U3-14 [ElapsedTime@1st to 4thFault] the cumulative operation time to two types of registers at the same time for the MEMOBUS/Modbus communications.

Shows the cumulative operation time when the fifth to tenth most recent faults occurred.

Unit: 1 h

No signal output available

98 YASKAWA TOEPYAIGA5002A GA500 Programming

◆ U4: Maintenance Monitors

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

1.17 U: Monitors

No.

(Hex.)

U4-01

(004C)

U4-02

(0075)

U4-03

(0067)

U4-04

(007E)

U4-05

(007C)

U4-06

(07D6)

U4-07

(07D7)

U4-08

(0068)

Name Description MFAO Signal Level

Cumulative Ope Time

Num of Run Commands

Cooling Fan Ope Time

Cool Fan Maintenance

CapacitorMaintenance

PreChargeRelayMainte

IGBT Maintenance

Heatsink Temperature

Shows the cumulative operation time of the drive.

Use parameter o4-01 [Elapsed Operating Time Setting] to reset this monitor. Use parameter o4-02 [Elapsed Operating Time Selection] to select the cumulative operation times from:

• The time from when the drive is energized until it is de-energized.

• The time at which the Run command is turned ON.

The maximum value that the monitor will show is 99999. After this value is more than 99999, the drive automatically resets it and starts to count from 0 again.

Unit: 1 h

Note:

The MEMOBUS/Modbus communication data is shown in 10 h units. Use register 0099H for data in 1 h units.

Shows how many times that the drive has received a Run command.

Use parameter o4-13 [RUN Command Counter @ Initialize] to reset this monitor. The maximum value that the monitor will show is 65535. After this value is more than 65535, the drive automatically resets it and starts to count from 0 again.

Unit: 1

Shows the cumulative operation time of the cooling fans.

Use parameter o4-03 [Fan Operation Time Setting] to reset this monitor. The maximum value that the monitor will show is 99999. After this value is more than 99999, the drive automatically resets it and starts to count from 0 again.

Unit: 1 h

Note:

The MEMOBUS/Modbus communication data is shown in 10 h units. Use register 009BH for data in 1 h units.

Shows the cumulative operation time of the cooling fans as a percentage of the replacement life of the cooling fans.

Use parameter o4-03 [Fan Operation Time Setting] to reset this monitor.

Unit: 1%

Note:

Replace the cooling fans when this monitor is 90%.

Shows the operation time of the electrolytic capacitors for the main circuit and control circuit as a percentage of the replacement life of the electrolytic capacitors.

Use parameter o4-05 [Capacitor Maintenance Setting] to reset this monitor.

Unit: 1%

Note:

Replace the electrolytic capacitor when this monitor is 90%.

Shows the operation time of the soft charge bypass relay as a percentage of the replacement life of the soft charge bypass relay.

Use parameter o4-07 [Softcharge Relay Maintenance Set] to reset this monitor.

Unit: 1%

Note:

Replace the drive when this monitor is 90%.

Shows the operation time of the IGBTs as a percentage of the replacement life of the IGBTs.

Set parameter o4-09 [IGBT Maintenance Setting] to reset this monitor.

Unit: 1%

Note:

Replace the drive when this monitor is 90%.

Shows the heatsink temperature of the drive.

Unit: 1 °C

10 V: 99999 h

10 V: 65535 times

10 V: 99999 h

10 V: 100%

10 V: 100 °C

Parameter List

YASKAWA TOEPYAIGA5002A GA500 Programming 99

1.17 U: Monitors

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

V/f

OLV

OLV/PM OLV/PM

AOLV/PM

EZOLV

No.

(Hex.)

U4-09

(005E)

U4-10

(005C)

U4-11

(005D)

U4-13

(07CF)

U4-14

(07D0)

U4-16

(07D8)

U4-18

(07DA)

Name Description MFAO Signal Level

LED Check

kWh, Lower 4 Digits

kWh, Upper 5 Digits

Peak Hold Current

PeakHold Output Freq

Motor oL1 Level

Reference Source

Turns on all of the keypad LEDs to make sure that the LEDs operate correctly.

1. With U4-09 displayed, press . All LEDs on the keypad will turn on.

Note:

When Safety input 2 CH is open (STo), READY will flash.

Shows the lower 4 digits of the watt hour value for the drive.

Unit: 1 kWh

Note:

The watt hour is displayed in 9 digits. Monitor U4-11 [kWh, Upper 5 Digits] shows the upper 5 digits and U4-10 shows the lower 4 digits.

Example for 12345678.9 kWh:

U4-10: 678.9 kWh

U4-11: 12345 MWh

Shows the upper 5 digits of the watt hour value for the drive.

Unit: 1 MWh

Note:

Monitor U4-11 shows the upper 5 digits and U4-10 [kWh, Lower 4 Digits] shows the lower 4 digits.

Example for 12345678.9 kWh:

U4-10: 678.9 kWh

U4-11: 12345 MWh

Shows the hold value of the peak value (rms) for the drive output current.

Use U4-14 [PeakHold Output Freq] to show the drive output frequency at the time that the drive holds the output current.

The drive will hold the peak hold current at the next start up and restart of the power supply. The drive keeps the value that was under hold during baseblock (during stop).

The keypad shows the value of U4-13 in amperes (A). When looking at the monitor through MEMOBUS/Modbus communications, the current is “8192 = drive rated current (A)”. Calculate the current from the monitor value that is in at MEMOBUS/Modbus communications using “Numerals being displayed / 8192 × drive rated current (A).

Unit: When the drive model changes, the display units for this parameter also change.

• 0.01 A units: B001 - B018, 2001 - 2042, 4001 - 4023

• 0.1A units: 2056 - 2082, 4031 - 4060

Shows the output frequency at which the peak value (rms) of the drive output current is held.

The peak hold current can be monitored by U4-13 [Peak Hold Current].

The peak hold output frequency will be cleared at the next startup and restart of the power supply. The drive keeps the value that was under hold during baseblock (during stop).

Unit: 0.01 Hz

Shows the integrated value of oL1 [Motor Overload] as a percentage of oL1 detection level.

Unit: 0.1%

Shows the selected frequency reference source. The keypad shows the frequency reference source as “XY-nn” as specified by these rules:

X: External Reference 1/2 Selection [H1-xx = 2] selection status

• 1: b1-01 [Frequency Reference Selection 1]

• 2: b1-15 [Frequency Reference Selection 2]

Y-nn: Frequency reference source

• 0-01: Keypad (d1-01 [Reference 1])

• 1-00: Analog input (unassigned)

• 1-01: MFAI terminal A1

• 1-02: MFAI terminal A2

• 2-02 to 2-17: Multi-step speed reference (d1-02 to d1-17 [Reference 2 to 16, Jog Reference])

• 3-01: MEMOBUS/Modbus communications

• 4-01: Communication option card

• 5-01: Pulse train input

• 7-01: DriveWorksEZ

• 9-01: Up/Down command

No signal output available

10 V: 100%

No signal output available

100 YASKAWA TOEPYAIGA5002A GA500 Programming

Yaskawa GA500 Programming Manual

Specifications and Main Features

Frequently Asked Questions

User Manual

Table of Contents

Parameter List

1.1 Section Safety

1.2 How to Read the Parameter List

◆ Icons and Terms that Identify Parameters and Control Modes

1.3 Parameter Groups

◆ A1: Initialization

1.4 A: Initialization Parameters

◆ A2: User Parameters

◆ b1: Operation Mode Selection

1.5 b: Application

◆ b2: DC Injection Braking and Short Circuit Braking

◆ b3: Speed Search

◆ b4: Timer Function

◆ b5: PID control

◆ b6: Dwell Function

◆ b8: Energy Saving

◆ C1: Accel & Decel Time

1.6 C: Tuning

◆ C2: S-Curve Characteristics

◆ C3: Slip Compensation

◆ C4: Torque Compensation

◆ C5: Automatic Speed Regulator (ASR: Automatic Speed Regulator)

◆ C6: Duty & Carrier Frequency

1.7 d: Reference Settings

◆ d1: Frequency Reference

◆ d2: Reference Limits

◆ d3: Jump Frequency

◆ d4: Frequency Ref Up/Down & Hold

◆ d6: Field Weakening /Forcing

◆ d7: Offset Frequency

1.8 E: Motor Parameters

◆ E1: V/f Pattern for Motor 1

◆ E2: Motor Parameters

◆ E3: V/f Pattern for Motor 2

◆ E4: Motor 2 Parameters

◆ E5: PM Motor Settings

◆ E9: Motor Setting

◆ F1: Fault Detection in PG Speed Control

1.9 F: Options

◆ F6: Communication Options

◆ F7: Communication Options

◆ H1: Digital Inputs

1.10 H: Terminal Functions

◆ H2: Digital Outputs

◆ H3: Analog Inputs

◆ H4: Analog Outputs

◆ H5: Modbus Communication

◆ H6: Pulse Train Input/Output

◆ H7: Virtual MFIO selection

◆ L1: Motor Protection

1.11 L: Protection Functions

◆ L2: Power Loss Ride Through

◆ L3: Stall Prevention

◆ L4: Speed Detection

◆ L5: Fault Restart

◆ L6: Torque Detection

◆ L7: Torque Limit

◆ L8: Drive Protection

◆ n1: Hunting Prevention

1.12 n: Special Adjustment

◆ n2: Auto Freq Regulator (AFR)

◆ n3: High Slip/Overexcite Braking

◆ n5: Feed Forward Control

◆ n6: Online Tuning

◆ n7: EZ Drive

◆ n8: PM Motor Control Tuning

◆ nA: PM Motor Control Tuning

◆ o1: Keypad Display

1.13 o: Keypad-Related Settings

◆ o2: Keypad Operation

◆ o3: Copy Keypad Function

◆ o4: Maintenance Monitors

◆ o5: Log Function

◆ q1-01 to qx-xx: Reserved for DriveWorksEZ

1.14 q: DriveWorksEZ Parameters